diff options
| author | Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com> | 2018-06-27 21:08:52 +0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com> | 2018-06-28 11:19:45 +0800 |
| commit | d1102dba7210b95e41d06c2338a22ba6af248645 (patch) | |
| tree | 8b4af076b5d6f2aa7f35563d4defcca4d4bfdd87 /MdeModulePkg/Library | |
| parent | ca79bab7af4770c5eb578f6d495af01705aedb79 (diff) | |
| download | edk2-d1102dba7210b95e41d06c2338a22ba6af248645.tar.gz edk2-d1102dba7210b95e41d06c2338a22ba6af248645.tar.bz2 edk2-d1102dba7210b95e41d06c2338a22ba6af248645.zip | |
MdeModulePkg: Clean up source files
1. Do not use tab characters
2. No trailing white space in one line
3. All files must end with CRLF
Contributed-under: TianoCore Contribution Agreement 1.1
Signed-off-by: Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Star Zeng <star.zeng@intel.com>
Diffstat (limited to 'MdeModulePkg/Library')
158 files changed, 2028 insertions, 2028 deletions
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BasePlatformHookLibNull/BasePlatformHookLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BasePlatformHookLibNull/BasePlatformHookLibNull.c index bd1a31a36e..6c3144621d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BasePlatformHookLibNull/BasePlatformHookLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BasePlatformHookLibNull/BasePlatformHookLibNull.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Null Platform Hook Library instance.
- Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ /**
Performs platform specific initialization required for the CPU to access
the hardware associated with a SerialPortLib instance. This function does
- not intiailzie the serial port hardware itself. Instead, it initializes
- hardware devices that are required for the CPU to access the serial port
+ not intiailzie the serial port hardware itself. Instead, it initializes
+ hardware devices that are required for the CPU to access the serial port
hardware. This function may be called more than once.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The platform specific initialization succeeded.
@retval RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR The platform specific initialization could not be completed.
-
+
**/
RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseResetSystemLibNull/BaseResetSystemLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseResetSystemLibNull/BaseResetSystemLibNull.c index 1a1242640c..59d720895b 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseResetSystemLibNull/BaseResetSystemLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseResetSystemLibNull/BaseResetSystemLibNull.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Null Reset System Library instance that only generates ASSERT() conditions.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ /**
This function causes a system-wide reset (cold reset), in which
- all circuitry within the system returns to its initial state. This type of reset
+ all circuitry within the system returns to its initial state. This type of reset
is asynchronous to system operation and operates without regard to
cycle boundaries.
- If this function returns, it means that the system does not support cold reset.
+ If this function returns, it means that the system does not support cold reset.
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ ResetCold ( }
/**
- This function causes a system-wide initialization (warm reset), in which all processors
+ This function causes a system-wide initialization (warm reset), in which all processors
are set to their initial state. Pending cycles are not corrupted.
If this function returns, it means that the system does not support warm reset.
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ ResetWarm ( }
/**
- This function causes the system to enter a power state equivalent
+ This function causes the system to enter a power state equivalent
to the ACPI G2/S5 or G3 states.
If this function returns, it means that the system does not support shut down reset.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.c index 6532c4d26d..d1a94b67eb 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ 16550 UART Serial Port library functions
(C) Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.<BR>
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2018, AMD Incorporated. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
@@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ typedef struct { } PCI_UART_DEVICE_INFO;
/**
- Read an 8-bit 16550 register. If PcdSerialUseMmio is TRUE, then the value is read from
+ Read an 8-bit 16550 register. If PcdSerialUseMmio is TRUE, then the value is read from
MMIO space. If PcdSerialUseMmio is FALSE, then the value is read from I/O space. The
- parameter Offset is added to the base address of the 16550 registers that is specified
- by PcdSerialRegisterBase.
-
+ parameter Offset is added to the base address of the 16550 registers that is specified
+ by PcdSerialRegisterBase.
+
@param Base The base address register of UART device.
@param Offset The offset of the 16550 register to read.
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ SerialPortReadRegister ( /**
Write an 8-bit 16550 register. If PcdSerialUseMmio is TRUE, then the value is written to
MMIO space. If PcdSerialUseMmio is FALSE, then the value is written to I/O space. The
- parameter Offset is added to the base address of the 16550 registers that is specified
- by PcdSerialRegisterBase.
-
+ parameter Offset is added to the base address of the 16550 registers that is specified
+ by PcdSerialRegisterBase.
+
@param Base The base address register of UART device.
@param Offset The offset of the 16550 register to write.
@param Value The value to write to the 16550 register specified by Offset.
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ SerialPortWriteRegister ( }
/**
- Update the value of an 16-bit PCI configuration register in a PCI device. If the
- PCI Configuration register specified by PciAddress is already programmed with a
- non-zero value, then return the current value. Otherwise update the PCI configuration
+ Update the value of an 16-bit PCI configuration register in a PCI device. If the
+ PCI Configuration register specified by PciAddress is already programmed with a
+ non-zero value, then return the current value. Otherwise update the PCI configuration
register specified by PciAddress with the value specified by Value and return the
- value programmed into the PCI configuration register. All values must be masked
+ value programmed into the PCI configuration register. All values must be masked
using the bitmask specified by Mask.
@param PciAddress PCI Library address of the PCI Configuration register to update.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ SerialPortLibUpdatePciRegister16 ( )
{
UINT16 CurrentValue;
-
+
CurrentValue = PciRead16 (PciAddress) & Mask;
if (CurrentValue != 0) {
return CurrentValue;
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ SerialPortLibUpdatePciRegister16 ( }
/**
- Update the value of an 32-bit PCI configuration register in a PCI device. If the
- PCI Configuration register specified by PciAddress is already programmed with a
- non-zero value, then return the current value. Otherwise update the PCI configuration
+ Update the value of an 32-bit PCI configuration register in a PCI device. If the
+ PCI Configuration register specified by PciAddress is already programmed with a
+ non-zero value, then return the current value. Otherwise update the PCI configuration
register specified by PciAddress with the value specified by Value and return the
- value programmed into the PCI configuration register. All values must be masked
+ value programmed into the PCI configuration register. All values must be masked
using the bitmask specified by Mask.
@param PciAddress PCI Library address of the PCI Configuration register to update.
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ SerialPortLibUpdatePciRegister32 ( )
{
UINT32 CurrentValue;
-
+
CurrentValue = PciRead32 (PciAddress) & Mask;
if (CurrentValue != 0) {
return CurrentValue;
@@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ SerialPortLibUpdatePciRegister32 ( }
/**
- Retrieve the I/O or MMIO base address register for the PCI UART device.
-
- This function assumes Root Bus Numer is Zero, and enables I/O and MMIO in PCI UART
- Device if they are not already enabled.
-
+ Retrieve the I/O or MMIO base address register for the PCI UART device.
+
+ This function assumes Root Bus Numer is Zero, and enables I/O and MMIO in PCI UART
+ Device if they are not already enabled.
+
@return The base address register of the UART device.
**/
@@ -210,10 +210,10 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( // Get PCI Device Info
//
DeviceInfo = (PCI_UART_DEVICE_INFO *) PcdGetPtr (PcdSerialPciDeviceInfo);
-
+
//
// If PCI Device Info is empty, then assume fixed address UART and return PcdSerialRegisterBase
- //
+ //
if (DeviceInfo->Device == 0xff) {
return (UINTN)PcdGet64 (PcdSerialRegisterBase);
}
@@ -225,17 +225,17 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( ParentMemoryLimit = 0xfff00000 >> 16;
ParentIoBase = 0 >> 12;
ParentIoLimit = 0xf000 >> 12;
-
+
//
// Enable I/O and MMIO in PCI Bridge
- // Assume Root Bus Numer is Zero.
+ // Assume Root Bus Numer is Zero.
//
for (BusNumber = 0; (DeviceInfo + 1)->Device != 0xff; DeviceInfo++) {
//
// Compute PCI Lib Address to PCI to PCI Bridge
//
PciLibAddress = PCI_LIB_ADDRESS (BusNumber, DeviceInfo->Device, DeviceInfo->Function, 0);
-
+
//
// Retrieve and verify the bus numbers in the PCI to PCI Bridge
//
@@ -258,10 +258,10 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( if (MemoryLimit < MemoryBase) {
return 0;
}
-
+
//
// If PCI Bridge MMIO window is not in the address range decoded by the parent PCI Bridge, then return 0
- //
+ //
if (MemoryBase < ParentMemoryBase || MemoryBase > ParentMemoryLimit || MemoryLimit > ParentMemoryLimit) {
return 0;
}
@@ -280,17 +280,17 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( } else {
IoBase = (PciRead16 (PciLibAddress + OFFSET_OF (PCI_TYPE01, Bridge.IoBaseUpper16)) << 4) | (IoBase >> 4);
}
-
+
//
// If PCI Bridge I/O window is disabled, then return 0
//
if (IoLimit < IoBase) {
return 0;
}
-
+
//
// If PCI Bridge I/O window is not in the address range decoded by the parent PCI Bridge, then return 0
- //
+ //
if (IoBase < ParentIoBase || IoBase > ParentIoLimit || IoLimit > ParentIoLimit) {
return 0;
}
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( // Compute PCI Lib Address to PCI UART
//
PciLibAddress = PCI_LIB_ADDRESS (BusNumber, DeviceInfo->Device, DeviceInfo->Function, 0);
-
+
//
// Find the first IO or MMIO BAR
//
@@ -336,16 +336,16 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( //
// Program UART BAR
- //
+ //
SerialRegisterBase = SerialPortLibUpdatePciRegister32 (
PciLibAddress + PCI_BASE_ADDRESSREG_OFFSET + BarIndex * 4,
- (UINT32)PcdGet64 (PcdSerialRegisterBase),
+ (UINT32)PcdGet64 (PcdSerialRegisterBase),
RegisterBaseMask
);
//
// Verify that the UART BAR is in the address range decoded by the parent PCI Bridge
- //
+ //
if (PcdGetBool (PcdSerialUseMmio)) {
if (((SerialRegisterBase >> 16) & 0xfff0) < ParentMemoryBase || ((SerialRegisterBase >> 16) & 0xfff0) > ParentMemoryLimit) {
return 0;
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( return 0;
}
}
-
+
//
// Enable I/O and MMIO in PCI UART Device if they are not already enabled
//
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( SerialPortWriteRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_FCR, (UINT8)(PcdGet8 (PcdSerialFifoControl) & (B_UART_FCR_FIFOE | B_UART_FCR_FIFO64)));
}
}
-
+
//
// Get PCI Device Info
//
@@ -384,22 +384,22 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( //
// Enable I/O or MMIO in PCI Bridge
- // Assume Root Bus Numer is Zero.
+ // Assume Root Bus Numer is Zero.
//
for (BusNumber = 0; (DeviceInfo + 1)->Device != 0xff; DeviceInfo++) {
//
// Compute PCI Lib Address to PCI to PCI Bridge
//
PciLibAddress = PCI_LIB_ADDRESS (BusNumber, DeviceInfo->Device, DeviceInfo->Function, 0);
-
+
//
// Enable the I/O or MMIO decode windows in the PCI to PCI Bridge
//
PciOr16 (
- PciLibAddress + PCI_COMMAND_OFFSET,
+ PciLibAddress + PCI_COMMAND_OFFSET,
PcdGetBool (PcdSerialUseMmio) ? EFI_PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY_SPACE : EFI_PCI_COMMAND_IO_SPACE
);
-
+
//
// Force D0 state if a Power Management and Status Register is specified
//
@@ -408,10 +408,10 @@ GetSerialRegisterBase ( PciAnd16 (PciLibAddress + DeviceInfo->PowerManagementStatusAndControlRegister, (UINT16)~(BIT0 | BIT1));
}
}
-
+
BusNumber = PciRead8 (PciLibAddress + PCI_BRIDGE_SECONDARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET);
}
-
+
return SerialRegisterBase;
}
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ SerialPortWritable ( return (BOOLEAN) ((SerialPortReadRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_MSR) & (B_UART_MSR_DSR | B_UART_MSR_CTS)) == (B_UART_MSR_DSR | B_UART_MSR_CTS));
} else {
//
- // Wait for both DSR and CTS to be set OR for DSR to be clear.
+ // Wait for both DSR and CTS to be set OR for DSR to be clear.
// DSR is set if a cable is connected.
// CTS is set if it is ok to transmit data
//
@@ -465,11 +465,11 @@ SerialPortWritable ( /**
Initialize the serial device hardware.
-
+
If no initialization is required, then return RETURN_SUCCESS.
If the serial device was successfully initialized, then return RETURN_SUCCESS.
If the serial device could not be initialized, then return RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR.
-
+
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The serial device was initialized.
@retval RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR The serial device could not be initialized.
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ SerialPortInitialize ( RETURN_STATUS Status;
UINTN SerialRegisterBase;
UINT32 Divisor;
- UINT32 CurrentDivisor;
+ UINT32 CurrentDivisor;
BOOLEAN Initialized;
//
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ SerialPortInitialize ( // Verify that both the transmit FIFO and the shift register are empty.
//
while ((SerialPortReadRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_LSR) & (B_UART_LSR_TEMT | B_UART_LSR_TXRDY)) != (B_UART_LSR_TEMT | B_UART_LSR_TXRDY));
-
+
//
// Configure baud rate
//
@@ -563,20 +563,20 @@ SerialPortInitialize ( //
// Put Modem Control Register(MCR) into its reset state of 0x00.
- //
+ //
SerialPortWriteRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_MCR, 0x00);
return RETURN_SUCCESS;
}
/**
- Write data from buffer to serial device.
+ Write data from buffer to serial device.
- Writes NumberOfBytes data bytes from Buffer to the serial device.
+ Writes NumberOfBytes data bytes from Buffer to the serial device.
The number of bytes actually written to the serial device is returned.
If the return value is less than NumberOfBytes, then the write operation failed.
- If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If NumberOfBytes is zero, then return 0.
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ SerialPortInitialize ( @param NumberOfBytes Number of bytes to written to the serial device.
@retval 0 NumberOfBytes is 0.
- @retval >0 The number of bytes written to the serial device.
+ @retval >0 The number of bytes written to the serial device.
If this value is less than NumberOfBytes, then the write operation failed.
**/
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ SerialPortWrite ( if (SerialRegisterBase ==0) {
return 0;
}
-
+
if (NumberOfBytes == 0) {
//
// Flush the hardware
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ SerialPortWrite ( @param NumberOfBytes Number of bytes to read from the serial device.
@retval 0 NumberOfBytes is 0.
- @retval >0 The number of bytes read from the serial device.
+ @retval >0 The number of bytes read from the serial device.
If this value is less than NumberOfBytes, then the read operation failed.
**/
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ SerialPortRead ( }
Mcr = (UINT8)(SerialPortReadRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_MCR) & ~B_UART_MCR_RTS);
-
+
for (Result = 0; NumberOfBytes-- != 0; Result++, Buffer++) {
//
// Wait for the serial port to have some data.
@@ -715,13 +715,13 @@ SerialPortRead ( //
SerialPortWriteRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_MCR, Mcr);
}
-
+
//
// Read byte from the receive buffer.
//
*Buffer = SerialPortReadRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_RXBUF);
}
-
+
return Result;
}
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ SerialPortPoll ( )
{
UINTN SerialRegisterBase;
-
+
SerialRegisterBase = GetSerialRegisterBase ();
if (SerialRegisterBase ==0) {
return FALSE;
@@ -761,15 +761,15 @@ SerialPortPoll ( SerialPortWriteRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_MCR, (UINT8)(SerialPortReadRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_MCR) & ~B_UART_MCR_RTS));
}
return TRUE;
- }
-
+ }
+
if (PcdGetBool (PcdSerialUseHardwareFlowControl)) {
//
// Set RTS to let the peer send some data
//
SerialPortWriteRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_MCR, (UINT8)(SerialPortReadRegister (SerialRegisterBase, R_UART_MCR) | B_UART_MCR_RTS));
}
-
+
return FALSE;
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.inf index bb42f89676..64606b117f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# SerialPortLib instance for 16550 UART.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ [Sources]
BaseSerialPortLib16550.c
-
+
[Pcd]
gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdSerialUseMmio ## CONSUMES
gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdSerialUseHardwareFlowControl ## CONSUMES
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.uni index 04d88b37f3..110a2e3921 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BaseSerialPortLib16550/BaseSerialPortLib16550.uni @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ //
// SerialPortLib instance for 16550 UART.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootLogoLib/BootLogoLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootLogoLib/BootLogoLib.c index e14c097510..3293e9e03c 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootLogoLib/BootLogoLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootLogoLib/BootLogoLib.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This library is only intended to be used by PlatformBootManagerLib
to show progress bar and LOGO.
-Copyright (c) 2011 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2016, Microsoft Corporation<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ BootLogoEnableLogo ( Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
} else {
//
- // More than one Logo displayed, get merged BltBuffer using VideoToBuffer operation.
+ // More than one Logo displayed, get merged BltBuffer using VideoToBuffer operation.
//
if (Blt != NULL) {
FreePool (Blt);
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ BootLogoEnableLogo ( }
/**
- Use SystemTable Conout to turn on video based Simple Text Out consoles. The
+ Use SystemTable Conout to turn on video based Simple Text Out consoles. The
Simple Text Out screens will now be synced up with all non video output devices
@retval EFI_SUCCESS UGA devices are back in text mode and synced up.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootLogoLib/BootLogoLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootLogoLib/BootLogoLib.inf index 47969cc05a..a2afc9e089 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootLogoLib/BootLogoLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootLogoLib/BootLogoLib.inf @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ ## @file
# This library is only intended to be used by PlatformBootManagerLib
# to show progress bar and logo.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# Copyright (c) 2016, Microsoft Corporation<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
# the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
# The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ [Sources]
BootLogoLib.c
-
+
[Packages]
MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ [Protocols]
gEfiGraphicsOutputProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
gEfiUgaDrawProtocolGuid |PcdUgaConsumeSupport ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiBootLogoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiBootLogoProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
gEdkiiBootLogo2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
gEfiUserManagerProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
gEdkiiPlatformLogoProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BmLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BmLib.c index 0ef9bf0934..a12cf77dd5 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BmLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BmLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Utility routines used by boot maintenance modules.
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ EfiDevicePathInstanceCount ( }
/**
- Get a string from the Data Hub record based on
+ Get a string from the Data Hub record based on
a device path.
@param DevPath The device Path.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenance.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenance.c index fdcb56a9df..b4f4dff98d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenance.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenance.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
The functions for Boot Maintainence Main menu.
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mBmmHiiVendorDevicePath = { {
END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
+ {
(UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
(UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
}
@@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ CustomizeMenus ( /**
This function will change video resolution and text mode
- according to defined setup mode or defined boot mode
+ according to defined setup mode or defined boot mode
- @param IsSetupMode Indicate mode is changed to setup mode or boot mode.
+ @param IsSetupMode Indicate mode is changed to setup mode or boot mode.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Mode is changed successfully.
@retval Others Mode failed to be changed.
@@ -147,13 +147,13 @@ BmmSetConsoleMode ( EFI_STATUS Status;
UINTN Index;
UINTN CurrentColumn;
- UINTN CurrentRow;
+ UINTN CurrentRow;
MaxGopMode = 0;
MaxTextMode = 0;
//
- // Get current video resolution and text mode
+ // Get current video resolution and text mode
//
Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
gST->ConsoleOutHandle,
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ BmmSetConsoleMode ( );
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
SimpleTextOut = NULL;
- }
+ }
if ((GraphicsOutput == NULL) || (SimpleTextOut == NULL)) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ BmmSetConsoleMode ( NewHorizontalResolution = mBmmBootHorizontalResolution;
NewVerticalResolution = mBmmBootVerticalResolution;
NewColumns = mBmmBootTextModeColumn;
- NewRows = mBmmBootTextModeRow;
+ NewRows = mBmmBootTextModeRow;
}
if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
MaxGopMode = GraphicsOutput->Mode->MaxMode;
- }
+ }
if (SimpleTextOut != NULL) {
MaxTextMode = SimpleTextOut->Mode->MaxMode;
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ BootMaintExtractConfig ( @param[in] This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
@param[in] Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigString> format.
+ <ConfigString> format.
@param[out] Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the
offset of the most recent '&' before the
first failing name / value pair (or the
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ BootMaintExtractConfig ( successful.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The results have been distributed or are
- awaiting distribution.
+ awaiting distribution.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the
parts of the results that must be
stored awaiting possible future
@@ -802,15 +802,15 @@ BootMaintRouteConfig ( }
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiHiiConfigRoutingProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
+ &gEfiHiiConfigRoutingProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
(VOID **)&ConfigRouting
);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return Status;
}
- Private = BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
+ Private = BMM_CALLBACK_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
//
// Get Buffer Storage data from EFI variable
//
@@ -828,15 +828,15 @@ BootMaintRouteConfig ( &BufferSize,
Progress
);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
+ ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
//
- // Compare new and old BMM configuration data and only do action for modified item to
+ // Compare new and old BMM configuration data and only do action for modified item to
// avoid setting unnecessary non-volatile variable
//
//
// Check data which located in BMM main page and save the settings if need
- //
+ //
if (CompareMem (&NewBmmData->BootNext, &OldBmmData->BootNext, sizeof (NewBmmData->BootNext)) != 0) {
Status = Var_UpdateBootNext (Private);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
@@ -847,10 +847,10 @@ BootMaintRouteConfig ( //
// Check data which located in Boot Options Menu and save the settings if need
- //
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel, OldBmmData->BootOptionDel, sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel)) != 0) {
- for (Index = 0;
- ((Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber) && (Index < (sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel) / sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel[0]))));
+ //
+ if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel, OldBmmData->BootOptionDel, sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel)) != 0) {
+ for (Index = 0;
+ ((Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber) && (Index < (sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel) / sizeof (NewBmmData->BootOptionDel[0]))));
Index ++) {
NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&BootOptionMenu, Index);
NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
@@ -891,10 +891,10 @@ BootMaintRouteConfig ( //
// Check data which located in Driver Options Menu and save the settings if need
- //
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel, OldBmmData->DriverOptionDel, sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel)) != 0) {
- for (Index = 0;
- ((Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber) && (Index < (sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel) / sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel[0]))));
+ //
+ if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel, OldBmmData->DriverOptionDel, sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel)) != 0) {
+ for (Index = 0;
+ ((Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber) && (Index < (sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel) / sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionDel[0]))));
Index++) {
NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&DriverOptionMenu, Index);
NewLoadContext = (BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ BootMaintRouteConfig ( }
}
- if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->DriverOptionOrder, OldBmmData->DriverOptionOrder, sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionOrder)) != 0) {
+ if (CompareMem (NewBmmData->DriverOptionOrder, OldBmmData->DriverOptionOrder, sizeof (NewBmmData->DriverOptionOrder)) != 0) {
Status = Var_UpdateDriverOrder (Private);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Offset = OFFSET_OF (BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA, DriverOptionOrder);
@@ -1128,14 +1128,14 @@ BootMaintCallback ( if (Value == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
UpdatePageId (Private, QuestionId);
if (QuestionId < FILE_OPTION_OFFSET) {
if (QuestionId < CONFIG_OPTION_OFFSET) {
switch (QuestionId) {
case FORM_BOOT_ADD_ID:
- // Leave BMM and enter FileExplorer.
+ // Leave BMM and enter FileExplorer.
ChooseFile (NULL, L".efi", CreateBootOptionFromFile, &File);
break;
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ BootMaintCallback ( if ((Value == NULL) || (ActionRequest == NULL)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
if (QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_SAVE_AND_EXIT_BOOT) {
CleanUselessBeforeSubmit (Private);
CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionChanged = FALSE;
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ BootMaintCallback ( CurrentFakeNVMap->BootOptionChanged = TRUE;
} else if (QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_DESCRIPTION || QuestionId == KEY_VALUE_DRIVER_OPTION) {
CurrentFakeNVMap->DriverOptionChanged = TRUE;
- }
+ }
if ((QuestionId >= BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID) && (QuestionId < BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID + MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) {
if (Value->b){
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ BootMaintenanceManagerUiLibConstructor ( CreateUpdateData();
//
- // Update boot maintenance manager page
+ // Update boot maintenance manager page
//
InitializeBmmConfig(mBmmCallbackInfo);
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManager.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManager.h index 99d1656b9e..e8288b53ad 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManager.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManager.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Header file for boot maintenance module.
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ typedef struct { } BM_MENU_ENTRY;
typedef struct {
-
+
UINTN Signature;
EFI_HII_HANDLE BmmHiiHandle;
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ typedef struct { //
// BMM main formset callback data.
//
-
+
EFI_FORM_ID BmmCurrentPageId;
EFI_FORM_ID BmmPreviousPageId;
BOOLEAN BmmAskSaveOrNot;
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ BOpt_GetBootOptions ( @return EFI_SUCESS The functin completes successfully.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to compete the operation.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -505,12 +505,12 @@ BOpt_GetMenuEntry ( );
/**
- Get option number according to Boot#### and BootOrder variable.
+ Get option number according to Boot#### and BootOrder variable.
The value is saved as #### + 1.
@param CallbackData The BMM context data.
**/
-VOID
+VOID
GetBootOrder (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
);
@@ -519,9 +519,9 @@ GetBootOrder ( Get driver option order from globalc DriverOptionMenu.
@param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
+
**/
-VOID
+VOID
GetDriverOrder (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
);
@@ -596,11 +596,11 @@ ChangeVariableDevicePath ( /**
Update the multi-instance device path of Terminal Device based on
- the global TerminalMenu. If ChangeTernimal is TRUE, the terminal
+ the global TerminalMenu. If ChangeTernimal is TRUE, the terminal
device path in the Terminal Device in TerminalMenu is also updated.
@param DevicePath The multi-instance device path.
- @param ChangeTerminal TRUE, then device path in the Terminal Device
+ @param ChangeTerminal TRUE, then device path in the Terminal Device
in TerminalMenu is also updated; FALSE, no update.
@return EFI_SUCCESS The function completes successfully.
@@ -616,8 +616,8 @@ ChangeTerminalDevicePath ( // Variable operation by menu selection
//
/**
- This function create a currently loaded Boot Option from
- the BMM. It then appends this Boot Option to the end of
+ This function create a currently loaded Boot Option from
+ the BMM. It then appends this Boot Option to the end of
the "BootOrder" list. It also append this Boot Opotion to the end
of BootOptionMenu.
@@ -635,9 +635,9 @@ Var_UpdateBootOption ( /**
Delete Boot Option that represent a Deleted state in BootOptionMenu.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If all boot load option EFI Variables corresponding to
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS If all boot load option EFI Variables corresponding to
BM_LOAD_CONTEXT marked for deletion is deleted
- @return Others If failed to update the "BootOrder" variable after deletion.
+ @return Others If failed to update the "BootOrder" variable after deletion.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -646,8 +646,8 @@ Var_DelBootOption ( );
/**
- This function create a currently loaded Drive Option from
- the BMM. It then appends this Driver Option to the end of
+ This function create a currently loaded Drive Option from
+ the BMM. It then appends this Driver Option to the end of
the "DriverOrder" list. It append this Driver Opotion to the end
of DriverOptionMenu.
@@ -719,11 +719,11 @@ Var_UpdateErrorOutOption ( /**
This function delete and build Out of Band console device.
-
+
@param MenuIndex Menu index which user select in the terminal menu list.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
+ @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
**/
EFI_STATUS
Var_UpdateOutOfBandOption (
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ Var_UpdateOutOfBandOption ( );
/**
- This function update the "BootNext" EFI Variable. If there is no "BootNex" specified in BMM,
+ This function update the "BootNext" EFI Variable. If there is no "BootNex" specified in BMM,
this EFI Variable is deleted.
It also update the BMM context data specified the "BootNext" value.
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ Var_UpdateBootNext ( );
/**
- This function update the "BootOrder" EFI Variable based on BMM Formset's NV map. It then refresh
+ This function update the "BootOrder" EFI Variable based on BMM Formset's NV map. It then refresh
BootOptionMenu with the new "BootOrder" list.
@param CallbackData The BMM context data.
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ RefreshUpdateData ( /**
Clean up the dynamic opcode at label and form specified by
- both LabelId.
+ both LabelId.
@param LabelId It is both the Form ID and Label ID for
opcode deletion.
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ UpdateOptionPage( @param VarName A Null-terminated Unicode string that is
the name of the vendor's variable.
-
+
@param VarGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The variable was found and removed
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ EfiDevicePathInstanceCount ( );
/**
- Get a string from the Data Hub record based on
+ Get a string from the Data Hub record based on
a device path.
@param DevPath The device Path.
@@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@ InitBootMaintenance( @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
+**/
+VOID
GetConsoleInCheck (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
);
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ GetConsoleOutCheck ( @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
+**/
VOID
GetConsoleErrCheck (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
@@ -1112,9 +1112,9 @@ GetTerminalAttribute ( /**
This function will change video resolution and text mode
- according to defined setup mode or defined boot mode
+ according to defined setup mode or defined boot mode
- @param IsSetupMode Indicate mode is changed to setup mode or boot mode.
+ @param IsSetupMode Indicate mode is changed to setup mode or boot mode.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Mode is changed successfully.
@retval Others Mode failed to be changed.
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ BootMaintExtractConfig ( @param[in] This Points to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL.
@param[in] Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigString> format.
+ <ConfigString> format.
@param[out] Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the
offset of the most recent '&' before the
first failing name / value pair (or the
@@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ BootMaintExtractConfig ( successful.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The results have been distributed or are
- awaiting distribution.
+ awaiting distribution.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the
parts of the results that must be
stored awaiting possible future
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ BootMaintCallback ( @retval FALSE Not exit caller function.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
CreateBootOptionFromFile (
IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ CreateBootOptionFromFile ( @retval TRUE Exit caller function.
@retval FALSE Not exit caller function.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
CreateDriverOptionFromFile (
IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath
@@ -1289,9 +1289,9 @@ CreateDriverOptionFromFile ( @retval TRUE Exit caller function.
@retval FALSE Not exit caller function.
-
+
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
BootFromFile (
IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManager.vfr b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManager.vfr index b0a636f566..a14074a17a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManager.vfr +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManager.vfr @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ ///** @file
// Boot Maintenance Utility Formset
//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
+//
//**/
#include "FormGuid.h"
@@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ formset flags = INTERACTIVE,
key = KEY_VALUE_TRIGGER_FORM_OPEN_ACTION;
endif;
-
+
label LABEL_FORM_MAIN_START;
//
- // This is where we will dynamically add a Action type op-code to show
+ // This is where we will dynamically add a Action type op-code to show
// the platform information.
//
label LABEL_FORM_MAIN_END;
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ formset text = STRING_TOKEN(STR_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT),
flags = INTERACTIVE,
key = KEY_VALUE_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT_BOOT;
-
+
endform;
form formid = FORM_BOOT_DEL_ID,
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ formset form formid = FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_ID,
title = STRING_TOKEN(STR_FORM_DRV_ADD_DESC_TITLE);
-
+
label FORM_DRV_ADD_FILE_ID;
label LABEL_END;
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManagerStrings.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManagerStrings.uni index 20b2a7744a..87e31737ae 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManagerStrings.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManagerStrings.uni @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ ///** @file
// String definitions for Boot Maintenance Utility.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
+//
//**/
/=#
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ #language fr-FR "UEFI Optimized Boot"
#string STR_FORM_UEFI_OPTIMIZED_BOOT_HELP #language en-US "Modify the UEFI Optimized Boot setting"
#language fr-FR "Modify the UEFI Optimized Boot setting"
-#string UEFI_OPTIMIZED_BOOT_DESCRIPTION #language en-US "UEFI Optimized Boot"
+#string UEFI_OPTIMIZED_BOOT_DESCRIPTION #language en-US "UEFI Optimized Boot"
#language fr-FR "UEFI Optimized Boot"
-#string UEFI_OPTIMIZED_BOOT_HELP #language en-US "Check to enable UEFI Optimized Boot"
+#string UEFI_OPTIMIZED_BOOT_HELP #language en-US "Check to enable UEFI Optimized Boot"
#language fr-FR "Check to enable UEFI Optimized Boot"
#string STR_FORM_CON_MAIN_TITLE #language en-US "Console Options"
#language fr-FR "Console Options"
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib.inf index def923b977..aad9d7678e 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib.inf @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ ## @file
# Boot Maintenance Manager Library used by UiApp.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
# the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
# The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ UefiHiiServicesLib
UefiBootManagerLib
FileExplorerLib
-
+
[Guids]
gEfiGlobalVariableGuid ## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootNext" (The number of next boot option)
## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"BootXX" (Boot option variable)
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ gEfiIfrTianoGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID (Extended IFR Guid Opcode)
gEfiIfrFrontPageGuid ## CONSUMES ## GUID
gEfiIfrBootMaintenanceGuid ## CONSUMES ## GUID
-
+
[Protocols]
gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootOption.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootOption.c index 8680a51d78..a1a2e2a4e7 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootOption.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/BootOption.c @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Boot option manipulation
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ BOpt_GetBootOptions ( UINTN MenuCount;
UINT8 *Ptr;
EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOption;
- UINTN BootOptionCount;
-
+ UINTN BootOptionCount;
+
MenuCount = 0;
BootOrderListSize = 0;
BootNextSize = 0;
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ BOpt_GetBootOptions ( if (BootOrderList == NULL) {
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
//
// Get the BootNext from the Var
//
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ BOpt_GetBootOptions ( if (((BootOption[Index].Attributes & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN) != 0) || ((BootOption[Index].Attributes & LOAD_OPTION_ACTIVE) == 0)) {
continue;
}
-
+
UnicodeSPrint (BootString, sizeof (BootString), L"Boot%04x", BootOrderList[Index]);
//
// Get all loadoptions from the VAR
@@ -415,13 +415,13 @@ BOpt_GetBootOptions ( NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength = *(UINT16 *) LoadOptionPtr;
LoadOptionPtr += sizeof (UINT16);
-
+
StringSize = StrSize((UINT16*)LoadOptionPtr);
NewLoadContext->Description = AllocateZeroPool (StrSize((UINT16*)LoadOptionPtr));
ASSERT (NewLoadContext->Description != NULL);
StrCpyS (NewLoadContext->Description, StrSize((UINT16*)LoadOptionPtr) / sizeof (UINT16), (UINT16*)LoadOptionPtr);
-
+
ASSERT (NewLoadContext->Description != NULL);
NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = NewLoadContext->Description;
NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->DisplayString, NULL);
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ BOpt_GetBootOptions ( );
NewMenuEntry->HelpString = UiDevicePathToStr (NewLoadContext->FilePathList);
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->HelpString, NULL);
+ NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->HelpString, NULL);
LoadOptionPtr += NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength;
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ BOpt_GetDriverOptions ( if (DriverOrderList == NULL) {
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
for (Index = 0; Index < DriverOrderListSize / sizeof (UINT16); Index++) {
UnicodeSPrint (
DriverString,
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ BOpt_GetDriverOptions ( );
NewMenuEntry->HelpString = UiDevicePathToStr (NewLoadContext->FilePathList);
- NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->HelpString, NULL);
+ NewMenuEntry->HelpStringToken = HiiSetString (CallbackData->BmmHiiHandle, 0, NewMenuEntry->HelpString, NULL);
LoadOptionPtr += NewLoadContext->FilePathListLength;
@@ -803,29 +803,29 @@ BOpt_GetDriverOptions ( }
/**
- Get option number according to Boot#### and BootOrder variable.
+ Get option number according to Boot#### and BootOrder variable.
The value is saved as #### + 1.
@param CallbackData The BMM context data.
**/
-VOID
+VOID
GetBootOrder (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
)
{
BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *BmmConfig;
UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 OptionOrderIndex;
+ UINT16 OptionOrderIndex;
UINTN DeviceType;
BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
+ BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
-
- DeviceType = (UINTN) -1;
- BmmConfig = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
+
+ DeviceType = (UINTN) -1;
+ BmmConfig = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
ZeroMem (BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder, sizeof (BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder));
-
+
for (Index = 0, OptionOrderIndex = 0; ((Index < BootOptionMenu.MenuNumber) &&
(OptionOrderIndex < (sizeof (BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder) / sizeof (BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder[0]))));
Index++) {
@@ -844,34 +844,34 @@ GetBootOrder ( }
}
BmmConfig->BootOptionOrder[OptionOrderIndex++] = (UINT32) (NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber + 1);
- }
+ }
}
/**
Get driver option order from globalc DriverOptionMenu.
@param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-
+
**/
-VOID
+VOID
GetDriverOrder (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
)
{
BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *BmmConfig;
UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 OptionOrderIndex;
+ UINT16 OptionOrderIndex;
UINTN DeviceType;
BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
+ BM_LOAD_CONTEXT *NewLoadContext;
ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
-
- DeviceType = (UINTN) -1;
- BmmConfig = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
+
+ DeviceType = (UINTN) -1;
+ BmmConfig = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
ZeroMem (BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder, sizeof (BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder));
-
+
for (Index = 0, OptionOrderIndex = 0; ((Index < DriverOptionMenu.MenuNumber) &&
(OptionOrderIndex < (sizeof (BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder) / sizeof (BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder[0]))));
Index++) {
@@ -890,8 +890,8 @@ GetDriverOrder ( }
}
BmmConfig->DriverOptionOrder[OptionOrderIndex++] = (UINT32) (NewMenuEntry->OptionNumber + 1);
- }
-}
+ }
+}
/**
Boot the file specified by the input file path info.
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ GetDriverOrder ( @retval TRUE Exit caller function.
@retval FALSE Not exit caller function.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
BootFromFile (
IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ ReSendForm( @retval TRUE Exit caller function.
@retval FALSE Not exit caller function.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
CreateBootOptionFromFile (
IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ CreateBootOptionFromFile ( @retval FALSE Not exit caller function.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
CreateDriverOptionFromFile (
IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePath
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/ConsoleOption.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/ConsoleOption.c index b25c7a651b..55f079efa9 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/ConsoleOption.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/ConsoleOption.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
handles console redirection from boot manager
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ UpdateComAttributeFromVariable ( /**
Update the multi-instance device path of Terminal Device based on
- the global TerminalMenu. If ChangeTernimal is TRUE, the terminal
+ the global TerminalMenu. If ChangeTernimal is TRUE, the terminal
device path in the Terminal Device in TerminalMenu is also updated.
@param DevicePath The multi-instance device path.
- @param ChangeTerminal TRUE, then device path in the Terminal Device
+ @param ChangeTerminal TRUE, then device path in the Terminal Device
in TerminalMenu is also updated; FALSE, no update.
@return EFI_SUCCESS The function completes successfully.
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ UpdateComAttributeFromVariable ( and BM_CONSOLE_ERR_CONTEXT_SELECT.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The type passed in is not in the 3 types defined.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If the EFI Variable defined in UEFI spec with name "ConOutDev",
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If the EFI Variable defined in UEFI spec with name "ConOutDev",
"ConInDev" or "ConErrDev" doesn't exists.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough resource to complete the operations.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Function completes successfully.
@@ -1021,14 +1021,14 @@ GetConsoleOutMode ( @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
+**/
+VOID
GetConsoleInCheck (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
)
{
UINT16 Index;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
+ BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
UINT8 *ConInCheck;
BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
@@ -1037,9 +1037,9 @@ GetConsoleInCheck ( ConInCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleInCheck[0];
for (Index = 0; ((Index < ConsoleInpMenu.MenuNumber) && \
- (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
+ (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleInpMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
+ NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
ConInCheck[Index] = NewConsoleContext->IsActive;
}
@@ -1058,14 +1058,14 @@ GetConsoleInCheck ( @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
+**/
+VOID
GetConsoleOutCheck (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
)
{
UINT16 Index;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
+ BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
UINT8 *ConOutCheck;
BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
@@ -1073,9 +1073,9 @@ GetConsoleOutCheck ( ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
ConOutCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleOutCheck[0];
for (Index = 0; ((Index < ConsoleOutMenu.MenuNumber) && \
- (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
+ (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleOutMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
+ NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
ConOutCheck[Index] = NewConsoleContext->IsActive;
}
@@ -1094,14 +1094,14 @@ GetConsoleOutCheck ( @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
-**/
-VOID
+**/
+VOID
GetConsoleErrCheck (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
)
{
UINT16 Index;
- BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
+ BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
UINT8 *ConErrCheck;
BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *NewConsoleContext;
BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
@@ -1109,9 +1109,9 @@ GetConsoleErrCheck ( ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
ConErrCheck = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.ConsoleErrCheck[0];
for (Index = 0; ((Index < ConsoleErrMenu.MenuNumber) && \
- (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
+ (Index < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)) ; Index++) {
NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&ConsoleErrMenu, Index);
- NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
+ NewConsoleContext = (BM_CONSOLE_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
ConErrCheck[Index] = NewConsoleContext->IsActive;
}
@@ -1131,22 +1131,22 @@ GetConsoleErrCheck ( @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
**/
-VOID
+VOID
GetTerminalAttribute (
IN BMM_CALLBACK_DATA *CallbackData
)
{
BMM_FAKE_NV_DATA *CurrentFakeNVMap;
BM_MENU_ENTRY *NewMenuEntry;
- BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
- UINT16 TerminalIndex;
+ BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *NewTerminalContext;
+ UINT16 TerminalIndex;
UINT8 AttributeIndex;
ASSERT (CallbackData != NULL);
- CurrentFakeNVMap = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
+ CurrentFakeNVMap = &CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData;
for (TerminalIndex = 0; ((TerminalIndex < TerminalMenu.MenuNumber) && \
- (TerminalIndex < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)); TerminalIndex++) {
+ (TerminalIndex < MAX_MENU_NUMBER)); TerminalIndex++) {
NewMenuEntry = BOpt_GetMenuEntry (&TerminalMenu, TerminalIndex);
NewTerminalContext = (BM_TERMINAL_CONTEXT *) NewMenuEntry->VariableContext;
for (AttributeIndex = 0; AttributeIndex < sizeof (BaudRateList) / sizeof (BaudRateList [0]); AttributeIndex++) {
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ GetTerminalAttribute ( NewTerminalContext->DataBitsIndex = AttributeIndex;
break;
}
- }
+ }
for (AttributeIndex = 0; AttributeIndex < ARRAY_SIZE (ParityList); AttributeIndex++) {
if (NewTerminalContext->Parity == (UINT64) (ParityList[AttributeIndex].Value)) {
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ GetTerminalAttribute ( CurrentFakeNVMap->COMBaudRate[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->BaudRateIndex;
CurrentFakeNVMap->COMDataRate[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->DataBitsIndex;
CurrentFakeNVMap->COMStopBits[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->StopBitsIndex;
- CurrentFakeNVMap->COMParity[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->ParityIndex;
+ CurrentFakeNVMap->COMParity[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->ParityIndex;
CurrentFakeNVMap->COMTerminalType[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->TerminalType;
CurrentFakeNVMap->COMFlowControl[TerminalIndex] = NewTerminalContext->FlowControl;
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/FormGuid.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/FormGuid.h index 299a149f60..186b2b7e23 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/FormGuid.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/FormGuid.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Formset guids, form id and VarStore data structure for Boot Maintenance Manager.
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ typedef struct { // At most 100 input/output/errorout device for console storage
//
UINT8 ConsoleCheck[MAX_MENU_NUMBER];
-
+
//
// At most 100 input/output/errorout device for console storage
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/UpdatePage.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/UpdatePage.c index b3cc3c88dd..f598c46a5a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/UpdatePage.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/UpdatePage.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Dynamically update the pages.
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -28,16 +28,16 @@ CreateUpdateData ( //
mStartOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
ASSERT (mStartOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
+
mEndOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
ASSERT (mEndOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
+
//
// Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the start opcode
//
mStartLabel = (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL *) HiiCreateGuidOpCode (mStartOpCodeHandle, &gEfiIfrTianoGuid, NULL, sizeof (EFI_IFR_GUID_LABEL));
mStartLabel->ExtendOpCode = EFI_IFR_EXTEND_OP_LABEL;
-
+
//
// Create Hii Extend Label OpCode as the end opcode
//
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ RefreshUpdateData ( {
//
// Free current updated date
- //
+ //
if (mStartOpCodeHandle != NULL) {
HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (mStartOpCodeHandle);
}
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ RefreshUpdateData ( /**
Add a "Go back to main page" tag in front of the form when there are no
"Apply changes" and "Discard changes" tags in the end of the form.
-
+
@param CallbackData The BMM context data.
**/
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ UpdatePageEnd ( }
/**
- Clean up the dynamic opcode at label and form specified by both LabelId.
+ Clean up the dynamic opcode at label and form specified by both LabelId.
@param LabelId It is both the Form ID and Label ID for opcode deletion.
@param CallbackData The BMM context data.
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ UpdateBootDelPage ( CallbackData->BmmFakeNvData.BootOptionDel[Index] = FALSE;
CallbackData->BmmOldFakeNVData.BootOptionDel[Index] = FALSE;
}
-
+
HiiCreateCheckBoxOpCode (
mStartOpCodeHandle,
(EFI_QUESTION_ID) (BOOT_OPTION_DEL_QUESTION_ID + Index),
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ UpdateDrvDelPage ( }
/**
- Prepare the page to allow user to add description for
+ Prepare the page to allow user to add description for
a Driver Option.
@param CallbackData The BMM context data.
@@ -582,8 +582,8 @@ UpdateOrderPage ( OptionOrder = NULL;
QuestionId = 0;
VarOffset = 0;
- switch (UpdatePageId) {
-
+ switch (UpdatePageId) {
+
case FORM_BOOT_CHG_ID:
//
// If the BootOptionOrder in the BmmFakeNvData are same with the date in the BmmOldFakeNVData,
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ UpdateOrderPage ( QuestionId = BOOT_OPTION_ORDER_QUESTION_ID;
VarOffset = BOOT_OPTION_ORDER_VAR_OFFSET;
break;
-
+
case FORM_DRV_CHG_ID:
//
// If the DriverOptionOrder in the BmmFakeNvData are same with the date in the BmmOldFakeNVData,
@@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ UpdateOrderPage ( QuestionId = DRIVER_OPTION_ORDER_QUESTION_ID;
VarOffset = DRIVER_OPTION_ORDER_VAR_OFFSET;
break;
- }
- ASSERT (OptionOrder != NULL);
-
+ }
+ ASSERT (OptionOrder != NULL);
+
OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
-
+
NewMenuEntry = NULL;
for (OptionIndex = 0; (OptionOrder[OptionIndex] != 0 && OptionIndex < MAX_MENU_NUMBER); OptionIndex++) {
BootOptionFound = FALSE;
@@ -639,21 +639,21 @@ UpdateOrderPage ( );
}
}
-
+
if (OptionMenu->MenuNumber > 0) {
- HiiCreateOrderedListOpCode (
- mStartOpCodeHandle, // Container for dynamic created opcodes
- QuestionId, // Question ID
- VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT, // VarStore ID
- VarOffset, // Offset in Buffer Storage
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_CHANGE_ORDER), // Question prompt text
- STRING_TOKEN (STR_CHANGE_ORDER), // Question help text
- 0, // Question flag
+ HiiCreateOrderedListOpCode (
+ mStartOpCodeHandle, // Container for dynamic created opcodes
+ QuestionId, // Question ID
+ VARSTORE_ID_BOOT_MAINT, // VarStore ID
+ VarOffset, // Offset in Buffer Storage
+ STRING_TOKEN (STR_CHANGE_ORDER), // Question prompt text
+ STRING_TOKEN (STR_CHANGE_ORDER), // Question help text
+ 0, // Question flag
0, // Ordered list flag, e.g. EFI_IFR_UNIQUE_SET
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32, // Data type of Question value
- 100, // Maximum container
- OptionsOpCodeHandle, // Option Opcode list
- NULL // Default Opcode is NULL
+ EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32, // Data type of Question value
+ 100, // Maximum container
+ OptionsOpCodeHandle, // Option Opcode list
+ NULL // Default Opcode is NULL
);
}
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ UpdateConModePage ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
continue;
}
-
+
//
// Build mode string Column x Row
//
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ UpdateTerminalPage ( OptionsOpCodeHandle,
NULL
);
-
+
HiiFreeOpCodeHandle (OptionsOpCodeHandle);
OptionsOpCodeHandle = HiiAllocateOpCodeHandle ();
ASSERT (OptionsOpCodeHandle != NULL);
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ UpdateTerminalPage ( UpdatePageEnd (CallbackData);
}
-
+
/**
Update add boot/driver option page.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/Variable.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/Variable.c index c1c55b0fb2..f934546829 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/Variable.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootMaintenanceManagerUiLib/Variable.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Variable operation that will be used by bootmaint
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Delete Boot Option that represent a Deleted state in BootOptionMenu.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If all boot load option EFI Variables corresponding to
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS If all boot load option EFI Variables corresponding to
BM_LOAD_CONTEXT marked for deletion is deleted.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND If can not find the boot option want to be deleted.
- @return Others If failed to update the "BootOrder" variable after deletion.
+ @return Others If failed to update the "BootOrder" variable after deletion.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Var_DelDriverOption ( This function clear the EFI variable defined by ConsoleName and
gEfiGlobalVariableGuid. It then build the multi-instance device
- path by appending the device path of the Console (In/Out/Err) instance
+ path by appending the device path of the Console (In/Out/Err) instance
in ConsoleMenu. Then it scan all corresponding console device by
scanning Terminal (built from device supporting Serial I/O instances)
devices in TerminalMenu. At last, it save a EFI variable specifed
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Var_UpdateConsoleOption ( ) {
Vendor.Header.Type = MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH;
Vendor.Header.SubType = MSG_VENDOR_DP;
-
+
ASSERT (NewTerminalContext->TerminalType < (ARRAY_SIZE (TerminalTypeGuid)));
CopyMem (
&Vendor.Guid,
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Var_UpdateConsoleOutOption ( console device.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
+ @return The EFI variable can not be saved. See gRT->SetVariable for detail return information.
**/
EFI_STATUS
Var_UpdateErrorOutOption (
@@ -272,8 +272,8 @@ Var_UpdateErrorOutOption ( }
/**
- This function create a currently loaded Drive Option from
- the BMM. It then appends this Driver Option to the end of
+ This function create a currently loaded Drive Option from
+ the BMM. It then appends this Driver Option to the end of
the "DriverOrder" list. It append this Driver Opotion to the end
of DriverOptionMenu.
@@ -401,8 +401,8 @@ Var_UpdateDriverOption ( }
/**
- This function create a currently loaded Boot Option from
- the BMM. It then appends this Boot Option to the end of
+ This function create a currently loaded Boot Option from
+ the BMM. It then appends this Boot Option to the end of
the "BootOrder" list. It also append this Boot Opotion to the end
of BootOptionMenu.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Var_UpdateBootOption ( }
/**
- This function update the "BootNext" EFI Variable. If there is
+ This function update the "BootNext" EFI Variable. If there is
no "BootNext" specified in BMM, this EFI Variable is deleted.
It also update the BMM context data specified the "BootNext"
vaule.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Var_UpdateBootOption ( @param CallbackData The BMM context data.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The function complete successfully.
- @return The EFI variable can be saved. See gRT->SetVariable
+ @return The EFI variable can be saved. See gRT->SetVariable
for detail return information.
**/
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Var_UpdateBootOrder ( BootOrder
);
FreePool (BootOrder);
-
+
BOpt_FreeMenu (&BootOptionMenu);
BOpt_GetBootOptions (CallbackData);
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManager.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManager.c index 8e77632788..7f3edc3d3d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManager.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManager.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
The boot manager reference implementation
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mBootManagerHiiVendorDevicePath = { {
END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
+ {
(UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
(UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
}
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ BOOT_MANAGER_CALLBACK_DATA gBootManagerPrivate = { /**
This function will change video resolution and text mode
- according to defined setup mode or defined boot mode
+ according to defined setup mode or defined boot mode
- @param IsSetupMode Indicate mode is changed to setup mode or boot mode.
+ @param IsSetupMode Indicate mode is changed to setup mode or boot mode.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Mode is changed successfully.
@retval Others Mode failed to be changed.
@@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ BmSetConsoleMode ( EFI_STATUS Status;
UINTN Index;
UINTN CurrentColumn;
- UINTN CurrentRow;
+ UINTN CurrentRow;
MaxGopMode = 0;
MaxTextMode = 0;
//
- // Get current video resolution and text mode
+ // Get current video resolution and text mode
//
Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
gST->ConsoleOutHandle,
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ BmSetConsoleMode ( NewHorizontalResolution = mBmBootHorizontalResolution;
NewVerticalResolution = mBmBootVerticalResolution;
NewColumns = mBmBootTextModeColumn;
- NewRows = mBmBootTextModeRow;
+ NewRows = mBmBootTextModeRow;
}
if (GraphicsOutput != NULL) {
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ BmSetupResetReminder ( /**
Group the legacy boot options in the BootOption.
- The routine assumes the boot options in the beginning that covers all the device
+ The routine assumes the boot options in the beginning that covers all the device
types are ordered properly and re-position the following boot options just after
the corresponding boot options with the same device type.
For example:
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ BmDevicePathToStr ( This function invokes Boot Manager. It then enumerate all boot options. If
a boot option from the Boot Manager page is selected, Boot Manager will boot
from this boot option.
-
+
**/
VOID
UpdateBootManager (
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ UpdateBootManager ( NeedEndOp = FALSE;
HiiCreateEndOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle);
}
-
+
if (IsLegacyOption && DeviceType != ((BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *) BootOption[Index].FilePath)->DeviceType) {
if (NeedEndOp) {
HiiCreateEndOpCode (StartOpCodeHandle);
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManagerStrings.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManagerStrings.uni index 188a3abc8e..598369e38f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManagerStrings.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManagerStrings.uni @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ ///** @file
//
-// Copyright (c) 2007 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
+// Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// This program and the accompanying materials
+// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+//
+// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+//
// Module Name:
//
// BootManagerStrings.uni
-//
+//
// Abstract:
-//
+//
// String definitions for Boot Manager formset.
-//
+//
// Revision History:
-//
+//
// --*/
/=#
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManagerUiLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManagerUiLib.inf index 7983b07949..f6fc074b9d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManagerUiLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/BootManagerUiLib/BootManagerUiLib.inf @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ ## @file
# Boot Manager Library used by UiApp.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
# the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
# The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CpuExceptionHandlerLibNull/CpuExceptionHandlerLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CpuExceptionHandlerLibNull/CpuExceptionHandlerLibNull.c index 723e644e38..e1ed6df4ca 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CpuExceptionHandlerLibNull/CpuExceptionHandlerLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CpuExceptionHandlerLibNull/CpuExceptionHandlerLibNull.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
CPU Exception Handler library implementition with empty functions.
- Copyright (c) 2012 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ /**
Initializes all CPU exceptions entries and provides the default exception handlers.
-
+
Caller should try to get an array of interrupt and/or exception vectors that are in use and need to
persist by EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO defined in PI 1.3 specification.
- If caller cannot get reserved vector list or it does not exists, set VectorInfo to NULL.
+ If caller cannot get reserved vector list or it does not exists, set VectorInfo to NULL.
If VectorInfo is not NULL, the exception vectors will be initialized per vector attribute accordingly.
@param[in] VectorInfo Pointer to reserved vector list.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS CPU Exception Entries have been successfully initialized
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS CPU Exception Entries have been successfully initialized
with default exception handlers.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VectorInfo includes the invalid content if VectorInfo is not NULL.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This function is not supported.
@@ -41,15 +41,15 @@ InitializeCpuExceptionHandlers ( /**
Initializes all CPU interrupt/exceptions entries and provides the default interrupt/exception handlers.
-
+
Caller should try to get an array of interrupt and/or exception vectors that are in use and need to
persist by EFI_VECTOR_HANDOFF_INFO defined in PI 1.3 specification.
- If caller cannot get reserved vector list or it does not exists, set VectorInfo to NULL.
+ If caller cannot get reserved vector list or it does not exists, set VectorInfo to NULL.
If VectorInfo is not NULL, the exception vectors will be initialized per vector attribute accordingly.
@param[in] VectorInfo Pointer to reserved vector list.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All CPU interrupt/exception entries have been successfully initialized
+
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS All CPU interrupt/exception entries have been successfully initialized
with default interrupt/exception handlers.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VectorInfo includes the invalid content if VectorInfo is not NULL.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This function is not supported.
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ InitializeCpuInterruptHandlers ( /**
Registers a function to be called from the processor interrupt handler.
- This function registers and enables the handler specified by InterruptHandler for a processor
- interrupt or exception type specified by InterruptType. If InterruptHandler is NULL, then the
- handler for the processor interrupt or exception type specified by InterruptType is uninstalled.
+ This function registers and enables the handler specified by InterruptHandler for a processor
+ interrupt or exception type specified by InterruptType. If InterruptHandler is NULL, then the
+ handler for the processor interrupt or exception type specified by InterruptType is uninstalled.
The installed handler is called once for each processor interrupt or exception.
NOTE: This function should be invoked after InitializeCpuExceptionHandlers() or
InitializeCpuInterruptHandlers() invoked, otherwise EFI_UNSUPPORTED returned.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLib.c index e29892ff17..485815bbd2 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLib.c @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ This library class defines a set of interfaces to customize Display module
-Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2013 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ Statement **/
/**
- This funtion defines Page Frame and Backgroud.
-
- Based on the above layout, it will be responsible for HeaderHeight, FooterHeight,
- StatusBarHeight and Backgroud. And, it will reserve Screen for Statement.
+ This funtion defines Page Frame and Backgroud.
+
+ Based on the above layout, it will be responsible for HeaderHeight, FooterHeight,
+ StatusBarHeight and Backgroud. And, it will reserve Screen for Statement.
@param[in] FormData Form Data to be shown in Page.
@param[out] ScreenForStatement Screen to be used for Statement. (Prompt, Value and Help)
-
+
@return Status
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ DisplayPageFrame ( This function updates customized key panel's help information.
The library will prepare those Strings for the basic key, ESC, Enter, Up/Down/Left/Right, +/-.
and arrange them in Footer panel.
-
- @param[in] FormData Form Data to be shown in Page. FormData has the highlighted statement.
+
+ @param[in] FormData Form Data to be shown in Page. FormData has the highlighted statement.
@param[in] Statement The statement current selected.
@param[in] Selected Whether or not a tag be selected. TRUE means Enter has hit this question.
**/
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ RefreshKeyHelp ( } else if (Statement->OpCode->OpCode == EFI_IFR_TIME_OP) {
TimeOp = (EFI_IFR_TIME *) Statement->OpCode;
HexDisplay = (TimeOp->Flags & EFI_IFR_DISPLAY_UINT_HEX) == EFI_IFR_DISPLAY_UINT_HEX;
- }
+ }
switch (Statement->OpCode->OpCode) {
case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:
case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ RefreshKeyHelp ( if ((Statement->OpCode->OpCode == EFI_IFR_DATE_OP) ||
(Statement->OpCode->OpCode == EFI_IFR_TIME_OP)) {
PrintAt (
- ColumnWidth1,
+ ColumnWidth1,
StartColumnOfHelp,
BottomRowOfHelp,
L"%c%c%c%c%s",
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ RefreshKeyHelp ( //
// If it is a selected numeric with manual input, display different message
//
- if ((Statement->OpCode->OpCode == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) ||
+ if ((Statement->OpCode->OpCode == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) ||
(Statement->OpCode->OpCode == EFI_IFR_DATE_OP) ||
(Statement->OpCode->OpCode == EFI_IFR_TIME_OP)) {
ColumnStr2 = HexDisplay ? gHexNumericInput : gDecNumericInput;
@@ -329,16 +329,16 @@ RefreshKeyHelp ( default:
break;
- }
+ }
}
/**
Update status bar.
- This function updates the status bar on the bottom of menu screen. It just shows StatusBar.
+ This function updates the status bar on the bottom of menu screen. It just shows StatusBar.
Original logic in this function should be splitted out.
- @param[in] MessageType The type of message to be shown. InputError or Configuration Changed.
+ @param[in] MessageType The type of message to be shown. InputError or Configuration Changed.
@param[in] State Show or Clear Message.
**/
VOID
@@ -395,17 +395,17 @@ UpdateStatusBar ( default:
break;
- }
+ }
}
/**
- Create popup window. It will replace CreateDialog().
+ Create popup window. It will replace CreateDialog().
This function draws OEM/Vendor specific pop up windows.
@param[out] Key User Input Key
@param ... String to be shown in Popup. The variable argument list is terminated by a NULL.
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -453,17 +453,17 @@ CreateDialog ( VA_START (Marker, Key);
while ((String = VA_ARG (Marker, CHAR16 *)) != NULL) {
LineNum ++;
-
+
if ((LibGetStringWidth (String) / 2) > LargestString) {
LargestString = (LibGetStringWidth (String) / 2);
}
- }
+ }
VA_END (Marker);
if ((LargestString + 2) > DimensionsWidth) {
LargestString = DimensionsWidth - 2;
}
-
+
CurrentAttribute = gST->ConOut->Mode->Attribute;
CursorVisible = gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorVisible;
gST->ConOut->EnableCursor (gST->ConOut, FALSE);
@@ -551,8 +551,8 @@ CreateDialog ( }
/**
- Confirm how to handle the changed data.
-
+ Confirm how to handle the changed data.
+
@return Action BROWSER_ACTION_SUBMIT, BROWSER_ACTION_DISCARD or other values.
**/
UINTN
@@ -566,10 +566,10 @@ ConfirmDataChange ( EFI_INPUT_KEY Key;
gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke (gST->ConIn, &Key);
-
+
YesResponse = gYesResponse[0];
NoResponse = gNoResponse[0];
-
+
//
// If NV flag is up, prompt user
//
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ ConfirmDataChange ( ((Key.UnicodeChar | UPPER_LOWER_CASE_OFFSET) != (NoResponse | UPPER_LOWER_CASE_OFFSET)) &&
((Key.UnicodeChar | UPPER_LOWER_CASE_OFFSET) != (YesResponse | UPPER_LOWER_CASE_OFFSET))
);
-
+
if (Key.ScanCode == SCAN_ESC) {
return BROWSER_ACTION_NONE;
} else if ((Key.UnicodeChar | UPPER_LOWER_CASE_OFFSET) == (YesResponse | UPPER_LOWER_CASE_OFFSET)) {
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ConfirmDataChange ( /**
OEM specifies whether Setup exits Page by ESC key.
- This function customized the behavior that whether Setup exits Page so that
+ This function customized the behavior that whether Setup exits Page so that
system able to boot when configuration is not changed.
@retval TRUE Exits FrontPage
@@ -610,14 +610,14 @@ FormExitPolicy ( }
/**
- Set Timeout value for a ceratain Form to get user response.
-
+ Set Timeout value for a ceratain Form to get user response.
+
This function allows to set timeout value on a ceratain form if necessary.
- If timeout is not zero, the form will exit if user has no response in timeout.
-
+ If timeout is not zero, the form will exit if user has no response in timeout.
+
@param[in] FormData Form Data to be shown in Page
- @return 0 No timeout for this form.
+ @return 0 No timeout for this form.
@return > 0 Timeout value in 100 ns units.
**/
UINT64
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ GetSubTitleTextColor ( Clear Screen to the initial state.
**/
VOID
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
ClearDisplayPage (
VOID
)
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ CustomizedDisplayLibDestructor ( )
{
HiiRemovePackages(mCDLStringPackHandle);
-
+
FreeLibStrings ();
return EFI_SUCCESS;
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLib.inf index 23528948a3..4b1f6b4404 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# Customize display library used by display engine.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2013 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2013 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.h
CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.c
CustomizedDisplayLib.uni
-
+
[Packages]
MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ [Guids]
gEfiIfrTianoGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## UNDEFINED
-
+
[Protocols]
[Pcd]
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdBrowserFieldTextColor ## CONSUMES
gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdBrowserFieldTextHighlightColor ## CONSUMES
gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdBrowserFieldBackgroundHighlightColor ## CONSUMES
- gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFrontPageFormSetGuid ## CONSUMES
\ No newline at end of file + gEfiMdeModulePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdFrontPageFormSetGuid ## CONSUMES
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.c index bc14a9dd76..b1629259f6 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.c @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ This library class defines a set of interfaces to customize Display module
-Copyright (c) 2013-2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2013-2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ CHAR16 *gInputErrorMessage; Print banner info for front page.
@param[in] FormData Form Data to be shown in Page
-
+
**/
VOID
-PrintBannerInfo (
+PrintBannerInfo (
IN FORM_DISPLAY_ENGINE_FORM *FormData
)
{
@@ -84,15 +84,15 @@ PrintBannerInfo ( ) {
RowIdx = (UINT8) (Line - (UINT8) gScreenDimensions.TopRow);
ColumnIdx = (UINT8) (Alignment - (UINT8) gScreenDimensions.LeftColumn);
-
+
ASSERT (RowIdx < BANNER_HEIGHT && ColumnIdx < BANNER_COLUMNS);
-
+
if (gBannerData!= NULL && gBannerData->Banner[RowIdx][ColumnIdx] != 0x0000) {
StrFrontPageBanner = LibGetToken (gBannerData->Banner[RowIdx][ColumnIdx], FormData->HiiHandle);
} else {
continue;
}
-
+
switch (Alignment - gScreenDimensions.LeftColumn) {
case 0:
//
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ PrintBannerInfo ( //
PrintStringAt (gScreenDimensions.LeftColumn + BANNER_LEFT_COLUMN_INDENT, Line, StrFrontPageBanner);
break;
-
+
case 1:
//
// Handle center column
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ PrintBannerInfo ( StrFrontPageBanner
);
break;
-
+
case 2:
//
// Handle right column
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ PrintBannerInfo ( );
break;
}
-
+
FreePool (StrFrontPageBanner);
}
}
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ PrintFramework ( );
return;
}
-
+
Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (0x10000);
ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);
Character = BOXDRAW_HORIZONTAL;
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ PrintFramework ( PrintCharAt (gScreenDimensions.LeftColumn, Row, Character);
PrintCharAt (gScreenDimensions.RightColumn - 1, Row, Character);
}
-
+
//
// Print Form Title
//
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ PrintFramework ( Character = BOXDRAW_UP_LEFT;
PrintCharAt ((UINTN) -1, (UINTN) -1, Character);
-
+
FreePool (Buffer);
}
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ ProcessUserOpcode( }
break;
- case EFI_IFR_GUID_OP:
+ case EFI_IFR_GUID_OP:
if (CompareGuid (&gEfiIfrTianoGuid, (EFI_GUID *)((CHAR8*) OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER)))) {
//
// Tiano specific GUIDed opcodes
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ ProcessUserOpcode( gBannerData = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (BANNER_DATA));
ASSERT (gBannerData != NULL);
}
-
+
CopyMem (
&gBannerData->Banner[((EFI_IFR_GUID_BANNER *) OpCodeData)->LineNumber][
((EFI_IFR_GUID_BANNER *) OpCodeData)->Alignment],
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ ProcessUserOpcode( /**
Process some op codes which is out side of current form.
-
+
@param FormData Pointer to the form data.
@return EFI_SUCCESS Pass the statement success.
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ ProcessExternedOpcode ( @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The input screen info is not acceptable.
**/
-EFI_STATUS
+EFI_STATUS
ScreenDiemensionInfoValidate (
IN FORM_DISPLAY_ENGINE_FORM *FormData
)
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ ScreenDiemensionInfoValidate ( UINTN Index;
//
- // Calculate total number of Register HotKeys.
+ // Calculate total number of Register HotKeys.
//
Index = 0;
if (!IsListEmpty (&FormData->HotKeyListHead)){
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ PrintHotKeyHelpString ( ColumnStr = gLibEmptyString;
//
- // Calculate total number of Register HotKeys.
+ // Calculate total number of Register HotKeys.
//
Index = 0;
Link = GetFirstNode (&FormData->HotKeyListHead);
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ PrintHotKeyHelpString ( CurrentRow = BottomRowOfHotKeyHelp - Index / 3;
//
- // Help string can't exceed ColumnWidth. One Row will show three Help information.
+ // Help string can't exceed ColumnWidth. One Row will show three Help information.
//
BakChar = L'\0';
if (StrLen (HotKey->HelpString) > ColumnIndexWidth) {
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ PrintHotKeyHelpString ( Link = GetNextNode (&FormData->HotKeyListHead, Link);
Index ++;
}
-
+
if (SetState) {
//
// Clear KeyHelp
@@ -651,13 +651,13 @@ PrintHotKeyHelpString ( PrintStringAtWithWidth (CurrentCol, CurrentRow, gLibEmptyString, ColumnIndexWidth);
}
}
-
+
return;
}
/**
Get step info from numeric opcode.
-
+
@param[in] OpCode The input numeric op code.
@return step info for this opcode.
@@ -671,24 +671,24 @@ LibGetFieldFromNum ( UINT64 Step;
NumericOp = (EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCode;
-
+
switch (NumericOp->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE) {
case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1:
Step = NumericOp->data.u8.Step;
break;
-
+
case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2:
Step = NumericOp->data.u16.Step;
break;
-
+
case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_4:
Step = NumericOp->data.u32.Step;
break;
-
+
case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_8:
Step = NumericOp->data.u64.Step;
break;
-
+
default:
Step = 0;
break;
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ InitializeLibStrings ( gNvUpdateMessage = LibGetToken (STRING_TOKEN (NV_UPDATE_MESSAGE), mCDLStringPackHandle);
gInputErrorMessage = LibGetToken (STRING_TOKEN (INPUT_ERROR_MESSAGE), mCDLStringPackHandle);
-
+
//
// SpaceBuffer;
//
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ FreeLibStrings ( FreePool (gNvUpdateMessage);
FreePool (gInputErrorMessage);
-
+
FreePool (mSpaceBuffer);
}
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ WaitForKeyStroke ( if (Status != EFI_NOT_READY) {
continue;
}
-
+
gBS->WaitForEvent (1, &gST->ConIn->WaitForKey, &Index);
}
return Status;
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ LibSetUnicodeMem ( **/
UINTN
PrintInternal (
- IN UINTN Width,
+ IN UINTN Width,
IN UINTN Column,
IN UINTN Row,
IN EFI_SIMPLE_TEXT_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL *Out,
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.h index 7342b508b0..09a78854e5 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibInternal.h @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ This library class defines a set of interfaces to customize Display module
-Copyright (c) 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2013 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -121,10 +121,10 @@ extern CHAR16 *gInputErrorMessage; Print banner info for front page.
@param[in] FormData Form Data to be shown in Page
-
+
**/
VOID
-PrintBannerInfo (
+PrintBannerInfo (
IN FORM_DISPLAY_ENGINE_FORM *FormData
);
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ PrintFramework ( @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The input screen info is not acceptable.
**/
-EFI_STATUS
+EFI_STATUS
ScreenDiemensionInfoValidate (
IN FORM_DISPLAY_ENGINE_FORM *FormData
);
@@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ PrintHotKeyHelpString ( IN FORM_DISPLAY_ENGINE_FORM *FormData,
IN BOOLEAN SetState
);
-
+
/**
Get step info from numeric opcode.
-
+
@param[in] OpCode The input numeric op code.
@return step info for this opcode.
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ PrintAt ( /**
Process some op codes which is out side of current form.
-
+
@param FormData Pointer to the form data.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibModStrs.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibModStrs.uni index 4a58241571..33db2eb923 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibModStrs.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/CustomizedDisplayLib/CustomizedDisplayLibModStrs.uni @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ // /** @file
// CustomizedDisplayLib Module Localized Abstract and Description Content
//
-// Copyright (c) 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2014 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ // **/
-#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT
-#language en-US
+#string STR_MODULE_ABSTRACT
+#language en-US
"Customize display library used by display engine."
-#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION
-#language en-US
+#string STR_MODULE_DESCRIPTION
+#language en-US
"Customize display library used by display engine."
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManager.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManager.c index ac8a975bf6..d39736764c 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManager.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManager.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
The device manager reference implementation
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH mDeviceManagerHiiVendorDevicePath = { {
END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
+ {
(UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
(UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
}
@@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ DmExtractDevicePathFromHiiHandle ( /**
Get the mac address string from the device path.
if the device path has the vlan, get the vanid also.
-
- @param MacAddressNode Device path begin with mac address
+
+ @param MacAddressNode Device path begin with mac address
@param PBuffer Output string buffer contain mac address.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
GetMacAddressString(
IN MAC_ADDR_DEVICE_PATH *MacAddressNode,
OUT CHAR16 **PBuffer
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ GetMacAddressString( *PBuffer = String;
StrCpyS(String, BufferLen / sizeof (CHAR16), L"MAC:");
String += 4;
-
+
//
// Convert the MAC address into a unicode string.
//
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ GetMacAddressString( @retval EFI_SUCCESS Add the item is successful.
@return Other values if failed to Add the item.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
AddIdToMacDeviceList (
IN EFI_STRING MacAddrString
)
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ AddIdToMacDeviceList ( if (TempDeviceList == NULL) {
return FALSE;
}
- TempDeviceList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen].PromptId = PromptId;
+ TempDeviceList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen].PromptId = PromptId;
TempDeviceList[mMacDeviceList.CurListLen].QuestionId = (EFI_QUESTION_ID) (mMacDeviceList.CurListLen + NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_KEY_OFFSET);
mMacDeviceList.NodeList = TempDeviceList;
@@ -306,8 +306,8 @@ IsMacAddressDevicePath ( if (DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID == NextShowFormId) {
*NeedAddItem = TRUE;
break;
- }
-
+ }
+
if (!GetMacAddressString((MAC_ADDR_DEVICE_PATH*)DevicePath, &Buffer)) {
break;
}
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ IsMacAddressDevicePath ( if (NETWORK_DEVICE_LIST_FORM_ID == NextShowFormId) {
//
- // Same handle may has two network child handle, so the questionid
+ // Same handle may has two network child handle, so the questionid
// has the offset of SAME_HANDLE_KEY_OFFSET.
//
if (AddIdToMacDeviceList (Buffer)) {
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ IsMacAddressDevicePath ( @return FALSE Do not need to add the menu about the network.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
IsNeedAddNetworkMenu (
IN EFI_HII_HANDLE Handle,
IN EFI_FORM_ID NextShowFormId,
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ IsNeedAddNetworkMenu ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
UINTN EntryCount;
- UINTN Index;
+ UINTN Index;
EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle;
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
@@ -389,9 +389,9 @@ IsNeedAddNetworkMenu ( }
TmpDevicePath = DevicePath;
- //
+ //
// Check whether this device path include mac address device path.
- // If this path has mac address path, get the value whether need
+ // If this path has mac address path, get the value whether need
// add this info to the menu and return.
// Else check more about the child handle devcie path.
//
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ IsNeedAddNetworkMenu ( }
if (!IsDevicePathEnd (TmpDevicePath)) {
- return FALSE;
+ return FALSE;
}
//
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ IsNeedAddNetworkMenu ( continue;
}
- //
+ //
// Check whether this device path include mac address device path.
//
if (!IsMacAddressDevicePath(ChildDevicePath, NextShowFormId,&IsNeedAdd)) {
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ IsNeedAddNetworkMenu ( } else {
//
// If need to update other form, return whether need to add to the menu.
- //
+ //
goto Done;
}
}
@@ -481,9 +481,9 @@ IsNeedAddNetworkMenu ( Done:
if (OpenInfoBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (OpenInfoBuffer);
+ FreePool (OpenInfoBuffer);
}
- return IsNeedAdd;
+ return IsNeedAdd;
}
/**
@@ -514,10 +514,10 @@ CreateDeviceManagerForm( EFI_STRING NewStringTitle;
CHAR16 *DevicePathStr;
EFI_STRING_ID DevicePathId;
- EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *Buffer;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- UINT8 ClassGuidNum;
- EFI_GUID *ClassGuid;
+ EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *Buffer;
+ UINTN BufferSize;
+ UINT8 ClassGuidNum;
+ EFI_GUID *ClassGuid;
UINTN TempSize;
UINT8 *Ptr;
EFI_STATUS Status;
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ CreateDeviceManagerForm( if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) Ptr)->Length <= OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_FORM_SET, Flags)){
Ptr += ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) Ptr)->Length;
continue;
- }
+ }
ClassGuidNum = (UINT8) (((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *)Ptr)->Flags & 0x3);
ClassGuid = (EFI_GUID *) (VOID *)(Ptr + sizeof (EFI_IFR_FORM_SET));
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ CreateDeviceManagerForm( //
// Network device process
- //
+ //
if (IsNeedAddNetworkMenu (HiiHandles[Index], NextShowFormId,&AddItemCount)) {
if (NextShowFormId == DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID) {
//
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ CreateDeviceManagerForm( 0,
(EFI_QUESTION_ID) (Index + DEVICE_KEY_OFFSET),
0,
- &FormSetGuid,
+ &FormSetGuid,
DevicePathId
);
}
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ DeviceManagerUiLibConstructor ( ASSERT (gDeviceManagerPrivate.HiiHandle != NULL);
//
- // Update boot manager page
+ // Update boot manager page
//
CreateDeviceManagerForm (DEVICE_MANAGER_FORM_ID);
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManagerStrings.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManagerStrings.uni index 55d03d6239..f896cd8190 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManagerStrings.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManagerStrings.uni @@ -2,15 +2,15 @@ //
// String definitions for the Device Manager.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
+//
//**/
/=#
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManagerUiLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManagerUiLib.inf index 1dc665b940..d493b37baa 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManagerUiLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DeviceManagerUiLib/DeviceManagerUiLib.inf @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ ## @file
# Device Manager Library used by UiApp
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
# the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
# The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLibNull/DxeCapsuleLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLibNull/DxeCapsuleLibNull.c index b064240ccb..5b45c19981 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLibNull/DxeCapsuleLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCapsuleLibNull/DxeCapsuleLibNull.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Null Dxe Capsule Library instance does nothing and returns unsupport status.
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -15,13 +15,13 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #include <Library/CapsuleLib.h>
/**
- The firmware checks whether the capsule image is supported
+ The firmware checks whether the capsule image is supported
by the CapsuleGuid in CapsuleHeader or other specific information in capsule image.
Caution: This function may receive untrusted input.
@param CapsuleHeader Point to the UEFI capsule image to be checked.
-
+
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Input capsule is not supported by the firmware.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ SupportCapsuleImage ( Caution: This function may receive untrusted input.
- @param CapsuleHeader Point to the UEFI capsule image to be processed.
-
+ @param CapsuleHeader Point to the UEFI capsule image to be processed.
+
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Capsule image is not supported by the firmware.
**/
EFI_STATUS
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationServices.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationServices.h index 04ad3d6da3..6e8520bb08 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationServices.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationServices.h @@ -2,16 +2,16 @@ Contains function prototypes for Memory Services in DxeCore.
This header file borrows the DxeCore Memory Allocation services as the primitive
- for memory allocation.
+ for memory allocation.
- Copyright (c) 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+ Copyright (c) 2008 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileLib.c index 8f28b988f5..9fbe1222a7 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileLib.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
Support routines for memory profile for DxeCore.
- Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileLibNull.c index 9ae0db8273..cc2403bd85 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileLibNull.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
Null routines for memory profile for DxeCore.
- Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileServices.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileServices.h index 619d7add9a..b713bfe718 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileServices.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/DxeCoreMemoryProfileServices.h @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ This header file borrows the DxeCore Memory Profile services as the primitive
for memory profile.
- Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c index 95725c866f..3d01c27987 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCoreMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ /** @file
- Support routines for memory allocation routines based
+ Support routines for memory allocation routines based
on DxeCore Memory Allocation services for DxeCore,
with memory profile support.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ **/
VOID *
InternalAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN Pages
)
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
+ EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
if (Pages == 0) {
return NULL;
@@ -171,11 +171,11 @@ AllocateReservedPages ( must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services of the Memory
Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ FreePages ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateAlignedPages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN Pages,
IN UINTN Alignment
)
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( // Alignment must be a power of two or zero.
//
ASSERT ((Alignment & (Alignment - 1)) == 0);
-
+
if (Pages == 0) {
return NULL;
}
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( // Make sure that Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) does not overflow.
//
ASSERT (RealPages > Pages);
-
+
Status = CoreAllocatePages (AllocateAnyPages, MemoryType, RealPages, &Memory);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return NULL;
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ AllocateAlignedPages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ AllocateAlignedRuntimePages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -409,13 +409,13 @@ AllocateAlignedReservedPages ( Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer
must have been allocated on a previous call to the aligned page allocation services of the Memory
- Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
+ Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with an aligned page allocation function in the Memory Allocation
Library, then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ FreeAlignedPages ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize
)
{
@@ -583,9 +583,9 @@ AllocateReservedPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateZeroPool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize
- )
+ )
{
VOID *Memory;
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param PoolType The type of pool to allocate.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@@ -720,10 +720,10 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateCopyPool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize,
IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- )
+ )
{
VOID *Memory;
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ InternalAllocateCopyPool ( Memory = CopyMem (Memory, Buffer, AllocationSize);
}
return Memory;
-}
+}
/**
Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
@@ -744,9 +744,9 @@ InternalAllocateCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -784,9 +784,9 @@ AllocateCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -824,9 +824,9 @@ AllocateRuntimeCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -861,19 +861,19 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( Reallocates a buffer of a specified memory type.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of the type
- specified by PoolType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ specified by PoolType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param PoolType The type of pool to allocate.
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalReallocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN OldSize,
IN UINTN NewSize,
IN VOID *OldBuffer OPTIONAL
@@ -901,18 +901,18 @@ InternalReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiBootServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiBootServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -946,10 +946,10 @@ ReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ ReallocatePool ( @param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -991,10 +991,10 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( @param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ ReallocateReservedPool ( Frees the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the
pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free pool
resources, then this function will perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.c index efff5134c7..57a14e8796 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.c @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ This library provides the performance measurement interfaces and initializes performance
logging for DXE phase. It first initializes its private global data structure for
- performance logging and saves the performance GUIDed HOB passed from PEI phase.
+ performance logging and saves the performance GUIDed HOB passed from PEI phase.
It initializes DXE phase performance logging by publishing the Performance and PerformanceEx Protocol,
which are consumed by DxePerformanceLib to logging performance data in DXE phase.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.inf index 3e77f9cd57..8fab47ff02 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.inf @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ ## @file
# Performance library instance mainly for DxeCore usage.
-#
+#
# This library provides the performance measurement interfaces and initializes performance
# logging for DXE phase. It first initializes its private global data structure for
-# performance logging and saves the performance GUIDed HOB passed from PEI phase.
+# performance logging and saves the performance GUIDed HOB passed from PEI phase.
# It initializes DXE phase performance logging by publishing the Performance and PerformanceEx Protocol,
# which is consumed by DxePerformanceLib to logging performance data in DXE phase.
# This library is mainly used by DxeCore to start performance logging to ensure that
# Performance and PerformanceEx Protocol are installed at the very beginning of DXE phase.
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# (C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.uni index dcdb8ae5c4..f9f2853d69 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLib.uni @@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ // This library is mainly used by DxeCore to start performance logging to ensure that
// Performance and PerformanceEx Protocol are installed at the very beginning of DXE phase.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLibInternal.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLibInternal.h index a96f408150..2b214e2e57 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLibInternal.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCorePerformanceLib/DxeCorePerformanceLibInternal.h @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
-
+
#ifndef _DXE_CORE_PERFORMANCE_LIB_INTERNAL_H_
#define _DXE_CORE_PERFORMANCE_LIB_INTERNAL_H_
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.c index 5f2892823b..13aaaacecd 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.c @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ /** @file
- This library registers CRC32 guided section handler
+ This library registers CRC32 guided section handler
to parse CRC32 encapsulation section and extract raw data.
It uses UEFI boot service CalculateCrc32 to authenticate 32 bit CRC value.
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ typedef struct { /**
GetInfo gets raw data size and attribute of the input guided section.
- It first checks whether the input guid section is supported.
+ It first checks whether the input guid section is supported.
If not, EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER will return.
@param InputSection Buffer containing the input GUIDed section to be processed.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ typedef struct { @param ScratchBufferSize The size of ScratchBuffer.
@param SectionAttribute The attribute of the input guided section.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The size of destination buffer, the size of scratch buffer and
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The size of destination buffer, the size of scratch buffer and
the attribute of the input section are successfully retrieved.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The GUID in InputSection does not match this instance guid.
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Crc32GuidedSectionGetInfo ( Extraction handler tries to extract raw data from the input guided section.
It also does authentication check for 32bit CRC value in the input guided section.
- It first checks whether the input guid section is supported.
+ It first checks whether the input guid section is supported.
If not, EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER will return.
@param InputSection Buffer containing the input GUIDed section to be processed.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Crc32GuidedSectionHandler ( &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
//
// Get section Crc32 checksum.
//
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Crc32GuidedSectionHandler ( &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
//
// Get section Crc32 checksum.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.inf index d244897ab6..7a8efbf8cf 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.inf @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ ## @file
# Dxe Crc32 Guided Section Extract library.
#
-# This library doesn't produce any library class. The constructor function uses
+# This library doesn't produce any library class. The constructor function uses
# ExtractGuidedSectionLib service to register CRC32 guided section handler
# that parses CRC32 encapsulation section and extracts raw data.
#
# It uses UEFI boot service CalculateCrc32 to authenticate 32 bit CRC value.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.uni index d28cdf0fba..2e91ca529f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/DxeCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.uni @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ // This library doesn't produce any library class. The constructor function uses
// ExtractGuidedSectionLib service to register CRC32 guided section handler
// that parses CRC32 encapsulation section and extracts raw data.
-//
+//
// It uses UEFI boot service CalculateCrc32 to authenticate 32 bit CRC value.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib.c index 0ba88d8eeb..613850f5e9 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /** @file
- Debug Print Error Level library instance that provide compatibility with the
+ Debug Print Error Level library instance that provide compatibility with the
"err" shell command. This includes support for the Debug Mask Protocol
supports for global debug print error level mask stored in an EFI Variable.
This library instance only support DXE Phase modules.
- Copyright (c) 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ it in CurrentDebugMask.
@param This The protocol instance pointer.
- @param CurrentDebugMask Pointer to the debug print error level mask that
+ @param CurrentDebugMask Pointer to the debug print error level mask that
is returned.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The current debug print error level mask was
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
GetDebugMask (
- IN EFI_DEBUG_MASK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT UINTN *CurrentDebugMask
+ IN EFI_DEBUG_MASK_PROTOCOL *This,
+ IN OUT UINTN *CurrentDebugMask
);
/**
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ EFI_DEBUG_MASK_PROTOCOL mDebugMaskProtocol = { };
///
-/// Global variable that is set to TRUE after the first attempt is made to
+/// Global variable that is set to TRUE after the first attempt is made to
/// retrieve the global error level mask through the EFI Varibale Services.
/// This variable prevents the EFI Variable Services from being called fort
/// every DEBUG() macro.
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ BOOLEAN mGlobalErrorLevelInitialized = FALSE; /// module that is using this library instance. This variable is initially
/// set to the PcdDebugPrintErrorLevel value. If the EFI Variable exists that
/// contains the global debug print error level mask, then that overrides the
-/// PcdDebugPrintErrorLevel value. The EFI Variable can optionally be
+/// PcdDebugPrintErrorLevel value. The EFI Variable can optionally be
/// discovered via a HOB so early DXE drivers can access the variable. If the
-/// Debug Mask Protocol SetDebugMask() service is called, then that overrides
+/// Debug Mask Protocol SetDebugMask() service is called, then that overrides
/// the PcdDebugPrintErrorLevel and the EFI Variable setting.
///
UINT32 mDebugPrintErrorLevel = 0;
@@ -107,12 +107,12 @@ UINT32 mDebugPrintErrorLevel = 0; EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *mSystemTable = NULL;
/**
- The constructor function caches the PCI Express Base Address and creates a
+ The constructor function caches the PCI Express Base Address and creates a
Set Virtual Address Map event to convert physical address to virtual addresses.
-
+
@param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor completed successfully.
@retval Other value The constructor did not complete successfully.
@@ -125,15 +125,15 @@ DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLibConstructor ( )
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
-
+
//
// Initialize the error level mask from PCD setting.
//
mDebugPrintErrorLevel = PcdGet32 (PcdDebugPrintErrorLevel);
-
+
//
// Install Debug Mask Protocol onto ImageHandle
- //
+ //
mSystemTable = SystemTable;
Status = SystemTable->BootServices->InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
&ImageHandle,
@@ -144,22 +144,22 @@ DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLibConstructor ( //
// Attempt to retrieve the global debug print error level mask from the EFI Variable
// If the EFI Variable can not be accessed when this module's library constructors are
- // executed a HOB can be used to set the global debug print error level. If no value
+ // executed a HOB can be used to set the global debug print error level. If no value
// was found then the EFI Variable access will be reattempted on every DEBUG() print
// from this module until the EFI Variable services are available.
//
GetDebugPrintErrorLevel ();
-
+
return Status;
}
/**
- The destructor function frees any allocated buffers and closes the Set Virtual
+ The destructor function frees any allocated buffers and closes the Set Virtual
Address Map event.
-
+
@param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The destructor completed successfully.
@retval Other value The destructor did not complete successfully.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLibDestructor ( {
//
// Uninstall the Debug Mask Protocol from ImageHandle
- //
+ //
return SystemTable->BootServices->UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces (
ImageHandle,
&gEfiDebugMaskProtocolGuid, &mDebugMaskProtocol,
@@ -207,13 +207,13 @@ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel ( if (mSystemTable == NULL) {
return PcdGet32 (PcdDebugPrintErrorLevel);
}
-
+
//
- // Check to see if an attempt has been made to retrieve the global debug print
+ // Check to see if an attempt has been made to retrieve the global debug print
// error level mask. Since this library instance stores the global debug print
// error level mask in an EFI Variable, the EFI Variable should only be accessed
// once to reduce the overhead of reading the EFI Variable on every debug print
- //
+ //
if (!mGlobalErrorLevelInitialized) {
//
// Make sure the TPL Level is low enough for EFI Variable Services to be called
@@ -222,15 +222,15 @@ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel ( mSystemTable->BootServices->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
if (CurrentTpl <= TPL_CALLBACK) {
//
- // Attempt to retrieve the global debug print error level mask from the
+ // Attempt to retrieve the global debug print error level mask from the
// EFI Variable
//
Size = sizeof (GlobalErrorLevel);
Status = mSystemTable->RuntimeServices->GetVariable (
- DEBUG_MASK_VARIABLE_NAME,
- &gEfiGenericVariableGuid,
- NULL,
- &Size,
+ DEBUG_MASK_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gEfiGenericVariableGuid,
+ NULL,
+ &Size,
&GlobalErrorLevel
);
if (Status != EFI_NOT_AVAILABLE_YET) {
@@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel ( /**
Sets the global debug print error level mask fpr the entire platform.
-
+
@param ErrorLevel Global debug print error level
-
+
@retval TRUE The debug print error level mask was sucessfully set.
@retval FALSE The debug print error level mask could not be set.
@@ -304,18 +304,18 @@ SetDebugPrintErrorLevel ( GlobalErrorLevel = (UINTN)ErrorLevel;
Size = sizeof (GlobalErrorLevel);
Status = mSystemTable->RuntimeServices->SetVariable (
- DEBUG_MASK_VARIABLE_NAME,
- &gEfiGenericVariableGuid,
+ DEBUG_MASK_VARIABLE_NAME,
+ &gEfiGenericVariableGuid,
(EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS),
Size,
&GlobalErrorLevel
);
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
//
- // If the EFI Variable was updated, then update the mask value for this
+ // If the EFI Variable was updated, then update the mask value for this
// module and return TRUE.
//
- mGlobalErrorLevelInitialized = TRUE;
+ mGlobalErrorLevelInitialized = TRUE;
mDebugPrintErrorLevel = ErrorLevel;
return TRUE;
}
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ SetDebugPrintErrorLevel ( it in CurrentDebugMask.
@param This The protocol instance pointer.
- @param CurrentDebugMask Pointer to the debug print error level mask that
+ @param CurrentDebugMask Pointer to the debug print error level mask that
is returned.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The current debug print error level mask was
@@ -345,14 +345,14 @@ SetDebugPrintErrorLevel ( EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
GetDebugMask (
- IN EFI_DEBUG_MASK_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN OUT UINTN *CurrentDebugMask
+ IN EFI_DEBUG_MASK_PROTOCOL *This,
+ IN OUT UINTN *CurrentDebugMask
)
{
if (CurrentDebugMask == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
//
// Retrieve the current debug mask from mDebugPrintErrorLevel
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib.inf index b471af7a88..69a41f40c7 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib/DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLib.inf @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ # This includes support for the Debug Mask Protocol supports for global debug print error level mask
# stored in an EFI Variable. This library instance only support DXE Phase modules.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 1D564EC9-9373-49a4-9E3F-E4D7B9974C84
MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = DebugPrintErrorLevelLib|DXE_CORE DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SAL_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = DebugPrintErrorLevelLib|DXE_CORE DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SAL_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
CONSTRUCTOR = DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLibConstructor
DESTRUCTOR = DxeDebugPrintErrorLevelLibDestructor
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ [LibraryClasses]
PcdLib
HobLib
-
+
[Protocols]
gEfiDebugMaskProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
-
+
[Guids]
## SOMETIMES_PRODUCES ## Variable:L"EFIDebug"
## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## Variable:L"EFIDebug"
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDpcLib/DpcLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDpcLib/DpcLib.c index ddc3e0adda..03149bcfc7 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDpcLib/DpcLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDpcLib/DpcLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Help functions to access UDP service.
-
-Copyright (c) 2005 - 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+Copyright (c) 2005 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDpcLib/DxeDpcLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDpcLib/DxeDpcLib.uni index 84e72e1c46..e2a9c21c63 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDpcLib/DxeDpcLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeDpcLib/DxeDpcLib.uni @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ //
// This library instance provides the DPC service by consuming EFI DPC Protocol.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2007 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeFileExplorerProtocol/DxeFileExplorerProtocol.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeFileExplorerProtocol/DxeFileExplorerProtocol.c index e1fca76f5b..8c22a3fe54 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeFileExplorerProtocol/DxeFileExplorerProtocol.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeFileExplorerProtocol/DxeFileExplorerProtocol.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /** @file
Instance of file explorer Library based on gEfiFileExplorerProtocolGuid.
- Implement the file explorer library instance by wrap the interface
+ Implement the file explorer library instance by wrap the interface
provided in the file explorer protocol. This protocol is defined as the internal
- protocol related to this implementation, not in the public spec. So, this
+ protocol related to this implementation, not in the public spec. So, this
library instance is only for this code base.
-Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ EFI_FILE_EXPLORER_PROTOCOL *mProtocol = NULL; /**
The constructor function caches the pointer to file explorer protocol.
-
+
The constructor function locates Print2 protocol from protocol database.
- It will ASSERT() if that operation fails and it will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
+ It will ASSERT() if that operation fails and it will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
@param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ FileExplorerConstructor ( }
/**
- Choose a file in the specified directory.
+ Choose a file in the specified directory.
If user input NULL for the RootDirectory, will choose file in the system.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeFileExplorerProtocol/DxeFileExplorerProtocol.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeFileExplorerProtocol/DxeFileExplorerProtocol.inf index 5725a9b4ab..9db58cb8f6 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeFileExplorerProtocol/DxeFileExplorerProtocol.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeFileExplorerProtocol/DxeFileExplorerProtocol.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# Library instance that implements File explorer Library class based on protocol gEfiFileExplorerProtocolGuid.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ gEfiFileExplorerProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
[Depex.common.DXE_DRIVER, Depex.common.DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER, Depex.common.DXE_SAL_DRIVER, Depex.common.DXE_SMM_DRIVER]
- gEfiFileExplorerProtocolGuid
\ No newline at end of file + gEfiFileExplorerProtocolGuid
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.c index 9774670d7c..5fbb50d03a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This library is used to share code between UEFI network stack modules.
It provides the helper routines to parse the HTTP message byte stream.
-Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Decode a percent-encoded URI component to the ASCII character.
-
- Decode the input component in Buffer according to RFC 3986. The caller is responsible to make
+
+ Decode the input component in Buffer according to RFC 3986. The caller is responsible to make
sure ResultBuffer points to a buffer with size equal or greater than ((AsciiStrSize (Buffer))
- in bytes.
+ in bytes.
@param[in] Buffer The pointer to a percent-encoded URI component.
@param[in] BufferLength Length of Buffer in bytes.
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully decoded the URI.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Buffer is not a valid percent-encoded string.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ UriPercentDecode ( if (Buffer == NULL || BufferLength == 0 || ResultBuffer == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
Index = 0;
Offset = 0;
HexStr[2] = '\0';
while (Index < BufferLength) {
if (Buffer[Index] == '%') {
- if (Index + 1 >= BufferLength || Index + 2 >= BufferLength ||
+ if (Index + 1 >= BufferLength || Index + 2 >= BufferLength ||
!NET_IS_HEX_CHAR (Buffer[Index+1]) || !NET_IS_HEX_CHAR (Buffer[Index+2])) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ UriPercentDecode ( }
*ResultLength = (UINT32) Offset;
-
+
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ UriPercentDecode ( @param[in] Char Next character.
@param[in] State Current value of the parser state machine.
- @param[in] IsRightBracket TRUE if there is an sign ']' in the authority component and
- indicates the next part is ':' before Port.
+ @param[in] IsRightBracket TRUE if there is an sign ']' in the authority component and
+ indicates the next part is ':' before Port.
@return Updated state value.
**/
@@ -116,27 +116,27 @@ NetHttpParseAuthorityChar ( break;
case UrlParserHost:
- case UrlParserHostStart:
+ case UrlParserHostStart:
if (Char == '[') {
return UrlParserHostIpv6;
}
-
+
if (Char == ':') {
return UrlParserPortStart;
}
-
+
return UrlParserHost;
-
- case UrlParserHostIpv6:
+
+ case UrlParserHostIpv6:
if (Char == ']') {
*IsRightBracket = TRUE;
}
-
+
if (Char == ':' && *IsRightBracket) {
return UrlParserPortStart;
}
return UrlParserHostIpv6;
-
+
case UrlParserPort:
case UrlParserPortStart:
return UrlParserPort;
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ NetHttpParseAuthority ( UINT32 Field;
UINT32 OldField;
BOOLEAN IsrightBracket;
-
+
ASSERT ((UrlParser->FieldBitMap & BIT (HTTP_URI_FIELD_AUTHORITY)) != 0);
//
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ NetHttpParseAuthority ( case UrlParserUserInfo:
Field = HTTP_URI_FIELD_USERINFO;
break;
-
+
case UrlParserHost:
Field = HTTP_URI_FIELD_HOST;
break;
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ NetHttpParseAuthority ( case UrlParserHostIpv6:
Field = HTTP_URI_FIELD_HOST;
break;
-
+
case UrlParserPort:
Field = HTTP_URI_FIELD_PORT;
break;
@@ -259,12 +259,12 @@ NetHttpParseUrlChar ( if (Char == ' ' || Char == '\r' || Char == '\n') {
return UrlParserStateMax;
}
-
+
//
// http_URL = "http:" "//" host [ ":" port ] [ abs_path [ "?" query ]]
- //
+ //
// Request-URI = "*" | absolute-URI | path-absolute | authority
- //
+ //
// absolute-URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ]
// path-absolute = "/" [ segment-nz *( "/" segment ) ]
// authority = [ userinfo "@" ] host [ ":" port ]
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ NetHttpParseUrlChar ( case UrlParserFragmentStart:
return UrlParserFragment;
-
+
default:
break;
}
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ HttpParseUrl ( HTTP_URL_PARSER *Parser;
Parser = NULL;
-
+
if (Url == NULL || Length == 0 || UrlParser == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ HttpParseUrl ( if (Parser == NULL) {
return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
if (IsConnectMethod) {
//
// According to RFC 2616, the authority form is only used by the CONNECT method.
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ HttpParseUrl ( case UrlParserStateMax:
FreePool (Parser);
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
-
+
case UrlParserSchemeColon:
case UrlParserSchemeColonSlash:
case UrlParserSchemeColonSlashSlash:
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ HttpParseUrl ( // Skip all the delimiting char: "://" "?" "@"
//
continue;
-
+
case UrlParserScheme:
Field = HTTP_URI_FIELD_SCHEME;
break;
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ HttpParseUrl ( }
*UrlParser = Parser;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
/**
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ HttpParseUrl ( @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Uri is NULL or HostName is NULL or UrlParser is invalid.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No hostName component in the URL.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ HttpUrlGetHostName ( if (Name == NULL) {
return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
Status = UriPercentDecode (
Url + Parser->FieldData[HTTP_URI_FIELD_HOST].Offset,
Parser->FieldData[HTTP_URI_FIELD_HOST].Length,
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ HttpUrlGetHostName ( @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Uri is NULL or Ip4Address is NULL or UrlParser is invalid.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No IPv4 address component in the URL.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ HttpUrlGetIp4 ( EFI_STATUS Status;
UINT32 ResultLength;
HTTP_URL_PARSER *Parser;
-
+
if (Url == NULL || UrlParser == NULL || Ip4Address == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ HttpUrlGetIp4 ( if (Ip4String == NULL) {
return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
Status = UriPercentDecode (
Url + Parser->FieldData[HTTP_URI_FIELD_HOST].Offset,
Parser->FieldData[HTTP_URI_FIELD_HOST].Length,
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ HttpUrlGetIp4 ( @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Uri is NULL or Ip6Address is NULL or UrlParser is invalid.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No IPv6 address component in the URL.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ HttpUrlGetIp6 ( EFI_STATUS Status;
UINT32 ResultLength;
HTTP_URL_PARSER *Parser;
-
+
if (Url == NULL || UrlParser == NULL || Ip6Address == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ HttpUrlGetIp6 ( if (Ip6String == NULL) {
return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
Status = UriPercentDecode (
Ptr + 1,
Length - 2,
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ HttpUrlGetIp6 ( FreePool (Ip6String);
return Status;
}
-
+
Ip6String[ResultLength] = '\0';
Status = NetLibAsciiStrToIp6 (Ip6String, Ip6Address);
FreePool (Ip6String);
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ HttpUrlGetIp6 ( @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Uri is NULL or Port is NULL or UrlParser is invalid.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No port number in the URL.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ ON_EXIT: @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Uri is NULL or HostName is NULL or UrlParser is invalid.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No hostName component in the URL.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Could not allocate needed resources.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ HttpUrlGetPath ( if (PathStr == NULL) {
return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
Status = UriPercentDecode (
Url + Parser->FieldData[HTTP_URI_FIELD_PATH].Offset,
Parser->FieldData[HTTP_URI_FIELD_PATH].Length,
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ HttpUrlGetPath ( Release the resource of the URL parser.
@param[in] UrlParser Pointer to the parser.
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -835,9 +835,9 @@ HttpUrlFreeParser ( /**
Find a specified header field according to the field name.
- @param[in] HeaderCount Number of HTTP header structures in Headers list.
+ @param[in] HeaderCount Number of HTTP header structures in Headers list.
@param[in] Headers Array containing list of HTTP headers.
- @param[in] FieldName Null terminated string which describes a field name.
+ @param[in] FieldName Null terminated string which describes a field name.
@return Pointer to the found header or NULL.
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ HttpIoParseContentLengthHeader ( @param[in] Headers Array containing list of HTTP headers.
@return The message is "chunked" transfer-coding (TRUE) or not (FALSE).
-
+
**/
BOOLEAN
HttpIoIsChunked (
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ HttpInitMsgParser ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
HTTP_BODY_PARSER *Parser;
-
+
if (HeaderCount != 0 && Headers == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ HttpInitMsgParser ( }
Parser->State = BodyParserBodyStart;
-
+
//
// Determine the message length according to RFC 2616.
// 1. Check whether the message "MUST NOT" have a message-body.
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ HttpInitMsgParser ( // 4. Range header is not supported now, so we won't meet media type "multipart/byteranges".
// 5. By server closing the connection
//
-
+
//
// Set state to skip body parser if the message shouldn't have a message body.
//
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( UINTN LengthForCallback;
EFI_STATUS Status;
HTTP_BODY_PARSER *Parser;
-
+
if (BodyLength == 0 || Body == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( switch (Parser->State) {
case BodyParserStateMax:
return EFI_ABORTED;
-
+
case BodyParserBodyIdentity:
//
// Identity transfer-coding, just notify user to save the body data.
@@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( }
Char++;
break;
-
+
case BodyParserChunkSizeEndCR:
if (*Char != '\n') {
Parser->State = BodyParserStateMax;
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( Char++;
if (Parser->CurrentChunkSize == 0) {
//
- // The last chunk has been parsed and now assumed the state
+ // The last chunk has been parsed and now assumed the state
// of HttpBodyParse is ParserLastCRLF. So it need to decide
// whether the rest message is trailer or last CRLF in the next round.
//
@@ -1285,10 +1285,10 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( Parser->State = BodyParserChunkDataStart;
Parser->CurrentChunkParsedSize = 0;
break;
-
+
case BodyParserLastCRLF:
//
- // Judge the byte is belong to the Last CRLF or trailer, and then
+ // Judge the byte is belong to the Last CRLF or trailer, and then
// configure the state of HttpBodyParse to corresponding state.
//
if (*Char == '\r') {
@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( Parser->State = BodyParserTrailer;
break;
}
-
+
case BodyParserLastCRLFEnd:
if (*Char == '\n') {
Parser->State = BodyParserComplete;
@@ -1320,13 +1320,13 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( Parser->State = BodyParserStateMax;
break;
}
-
+
case BodyParserTrailer:
if (*Char == '\r') {
Parser->State = BodyParserChunkSizeEndCR;
}
Char++;
- break;
+ break;
case BodyParserChunkDataStart:
//
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( Parser->CurrentChunkParsedSize += LengthForCallback;
if (Parser->CurrentChunkParsedSize == Parser->CurrentChunkSize) {
Parser->State = BodyParserChunkDataEnd;
- }
+ }
break;
case BodyParserChunkDataEnd:
@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ HttpParseMessageBody ( }
Char++;
Parser->State = BodyParserChunkSizeStart;
- break;
+ break;
default:
break;
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ HttpIsMessageComplete ( @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully to get the entity length.
@retval EFI_NOT_READY Entity length is not valid yet.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER MsgParser is NULL or ContentLength is NULL.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ HttpGetEntityLength ( Release the resource of the message parser.
@param[in] MsgParser Pointer to the message parser.
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -1619,19 +1619,19 @@ HttpGetFieldNameAndValue ( while (TRUE) {
if (*FieldValueStr == ' ' || *FieldValueStr == '\t') {
//
- // Boundary condition check.
+ // Boundary condition check.
//
if ((UINTN) EndofHeader - (UINTN) FieldValueStr < 1) {
- return NULL;
+ return NULL;
}
-
+
FieldValueStr ++;
} else if (*FieldValueStr == '\r') {
//
- // Boundary condition check.
+ // Boundary condition check.
//
if ((UINTN) EndofHeader - (UINTN) FieldValueStr < 3) {
- return NULL;
+ return NULL;
}
if (*(FieldValueStr + 1) == '\n' && (*(FieldValueStr + 2) == ' ' || *(FieldValueStr + 2) == '\t')) {
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ HttpGenRequestMessage ( // 3. If we do not have a Request, HeaderCount should be zero
// 4. If we do not have Request and Headers, we need at least a message-body
//
- if ((Message == NULL || RequestMsg == NULL || RequestMsgSize == NULL) ||
+ if ((Message == NULL || RequestMsg == NULL || RequestMsgSize == NULL) ||
(Message->Data.Request != NULL && Url == NULL) ||
(Message->Data.Request != NULL && Message->HeaderCount == 0) ||
(Message->Data.Request == NULL && Message->HeaderCount != 0) ||
@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ HttpIsValidHttpHeader ( if (DeleteList[Index] == NULL) {
continue;
}
-
+
if (AsciiStrCmp (FieldName, DeleteList[Index]) == 0) {
return FALSE;
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.inf index 92b9b91239..d6d5391b3a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# It provides the helper routines to parse the HTTP message byte stream.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# (C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ NetLib
[Protocols]
- gEfiHttpUtilitiesProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
\ No newline at end of file + gEfiHttpUtilitiesProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.uni index bde5004b56..452f125d95 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeHttpLib/DxeHttpLib.uni @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ //
// This library instance provides the helper routines to parse the HTTP message byte stream.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeIpIoLib/DxeIpIoLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeIpIoLib/DxeIpIoLib.c index 66c7fec6c5..fafc26894d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeIpIoLib/DxeIpIoLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeIpIoLib/DxeIpIoLib.c @@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED ICMP_ERROR_INFO mIcmp6ErrMap[10] = { {FALSE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_UNREACH_NET
{FALSE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_UNREACH_HOST
{TRUE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_UNREACH_PROTOCOL
- {TRUE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_UNREACH_PORT
+ {TRUE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_UNREACH_PORT
{TRUE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_PACKAGE_TOOBIG
{FALSE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_TIMXCEED_HOPLIMIT
{FALSE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_TIMXCEED_REASS
- {FALSE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_PARAMPROB_HEADER
+ {FALSE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_PARAMPROB_HEADER
{FALSE, TRUE}, // ICMP6_ERR_PARAMPROB_NEXHEADER
{FALSE, TRUE} // ICMP6_ERR_PARAMPROB_IPV6OPTION
};
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ IpIoCloseProtocolDestroyIpChild ( }
/**
- This function handles ICMPv4 packets. It is the worker function of
+ This function handles ICMPv4 packets. It is the worker function of
IpIoIcmpHandler.
@param[in] IpIo Pointer to the IP_IO instance.
@@ -283,19 +283,19 @@ IpIoIcmpv4Handler ( UINT8 Type;
UINT8 Code;
UINT32 TrimBytes;
-
+
ASSERT (IpIo != NULL);
ASSERT (Pkt != NULL);
ASSERT (Session != NULL);
ASSERT (IpIo->IpVersion == IP_VERSION_4);
-
+
//
// Check the ICMP packet length.
//
if (Pkt->TotalSize < sizeof (IP4_ICMP_ERROR_HEAD)) {
return EFI_ABORTED;
}
-
+
IcmpHdr = NET_PROTO_HDR (Pkt, IP4_ICMP_ERROR_HEAD);
IpHdr = (EFI_IP4_HEADER *) (&IcmpHdr->IpHead);
@@ -387,20 +387,20 @@ IpIoIcmpv4Handler ( TrimBytes = (UINT32) (PayLoadHdr - (UINT8 *) IcmpHdr);
NetbufTrim (Pkt, TrimBytes, TRUE);
-
+
//
- // If the input packet has invalid format, and TrimBytes is larger than
+ // If the input packet has invalid format, and TrimBytes is larger than
// the packet size, the NetbufTrim might trim the packet to zero.
//
if (Pkt->TotalSize != 0) {
IpIo->PktRcvdNotify (EFI_ICMP_ERROR, IcmpErr, Session, Pkt, IpIo->RcvdContext);
}
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
/**
- This function handles ICMPv6 packets. It is the worker function of
+ This function handles ICMPv6 packets. It is the worker function of
IpIoIcmpHandler.
@param[in] IpIo Pointer to the IP_IO instance.
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ IpIoIcmpv6Handler ( //
// Analyze the ICMPv6 Error in this ICMPv6 packet
- //
+ //
switch (Type) {
case ICMP_V6_DEST_UNREACHABLE:
switch (Code) {
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ IpIoIcmpv6Handler ( default:
return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
+ }
//
// Notify user the ICMPv6 packet only containing payload except
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ IpIoIcmpv6Handler ( NextHeader = IpHdr->NextHeader;
PayLoadHdr = (UINT8 *) ((UINT8 *) IcmpHdr + sizeof (IP6_ICMP_ERROR_HEAD));
Flag = TRUE;
-
+
do {
switch (NextHeader) {
case EFI_IP_PROTO_UDP:
@@ -555,11 +555,11 @@ IpIoIcmpv6Handler ( } while (Flag);
TrimBytes = (UINT32) (PayLoadHdr - (UINT8 *) IcmpHdr);
-
+
NetbufTrim (Pkt, TrimBytes, TRUE);
//
- // If the input packet has invalid format, and TrimBytes is larger than
+ // If the input packet has invalid format, and TrimBytes is larger than
// the packet size, the NetbufTrim might trim the packet to zero.
//
if (Pkt->TotalSize != 0) {
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ IpIoExtFree ( @param[in] Dest Pointer to the destination IP address.
@param[in] Override Pointer to the overriden IP_IO data.
- @return Pointer to the data structure created to wrap the packet. If any error occurs,
+ @return Pointer to the data structure created to wrap the packet. If any error occurs,
then return NULL.
**/
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ IpIoCreateSndEntry ( )
{
IP_IO_SEND_ENTRY *SndEntry;
- EFI_EVENT Event;
+ EFI_EVENT Event;
EFI_STATUS Status;
NET_FRAGMENT *ExtFragment;
UINT32 FragmentCount;
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ IpIoCreateSndEntry ( }
//
- // Build a fragment table to contain the fragments in the packet.
+ // Build a fragment table to contain the fragments in the packet.
//
if (IpIo->IpVersion == IP_VERSION_4) {
ExtFragment = (NET_FRAGMENT *) TxData->Ip4TxData.FragmentTable;
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ IpIoCreateSndEntry ( Ip6TxData->FragmentCount = FragmentCount;
Ip6TxData->ExtHdrsLength = 0;
Ip6TxData->ExtHdrs = NULL;
-
+
//
// Set the fields of SndToken
//
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ ON_ERROR: /**
Destroy the SndEntry.
-
+
This function pairs with IpIoCreateSndEntry().
@param[in] SndEntry Pointer to the send entry to be destroyed.
@@ -1120,19 +1120,19 @@ IpIoListenHandlerDpc ( if (!NetIp6IsValidUnicast(&RxData->Ip6RxData.Header->SourceAddress)) {
goto CleanUp;
}
-
+
if (RxData->Ip6RxData.DataLength == 0) {
//
// Discard zero length data payload packet.
//
goto CleanUp;
}
-
+
//
// The fragment should always be valid for non-zero length packet.
//
ASSERT (RxData->Ip6RxData.FragmentCount != 0);
-
+
//
// Create a netbuffer representing IPv6 packet
//
@@ -1152,19 +1152,19 @@ IpIoListenHandlerDpc ( // Create a net session
//
CopyMem (
- &Session.Source,
+ &Session.Source,
&RxData->Ip6RxData.Header->SourceAddress,
sizeof(EFI_IPv6_ADDRESS)
);
CopyMem (
- &Session.Dest,
- &RxData->Ip6RxData.Header->DestinationAddress,
+ &Session.Dest,
+ &RxData->Ip6RxData.Header->DestinationAddress,
sizeof(EFI_IPv6_ADDRESS)
);
Session.IpHdr.Ip6Hdr = RxData->Ip6RxData.Header;
Session.IpHdrLen = RxData->Ip6RxData.HeaderLength;
Session.IpVersion = IP_VERSION_6;
- }
+ }
if (EFI_SUCCESS == Status) {
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ CleanUp: if (IpIo->IpVersion == IP_VERSION_4){
gBS->SignalEvent (RxData->Ip4RxData.RecycleSignal);
} else {
- gBS->SignalEvent (RxData->Ip6RxData.RecycleSignal);
+ gBS->SignalEvent (RxData->Ip6RxData.RecycleSignal);
}
Resume:
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ IpIoListenHandler ( Create a new IP_IO instance.
If IpVersion is not IP_VERSION_4 or IP_VERSION_6, then ASSERT().
-
+
This function uses IP4/IP6 service binding protocol in Controller to create
an IP4/IP6 child (aka IP4/IP6 instance).
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ IpIoListenHandler ( @param[in] Controller The controller handle that has IP4 or IP6 service
binding protocol installed.
@param[in] IpVersion The version of the IP protocol to use, either
- IPv4 or IPv6.
+ IPv4 or IPv6.
@return Pointer to a newly created IP_IO instance, or NULL if failed.
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ IpIoCreate ( Controller,
Image,
&IpIo->ChildHandle,
- IpVersion,
+ IpVersion,
(VOID **) & (IpIo->Ip)
);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ ReleaseIpIo: @retval EFI_SUCCESS The IP_IO instance opened with OpenData
successfully.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The IP_IO instance is configured, avoid to
+ @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The IP_IO instance is configured, avoid to
reopen it.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED IPv4 RawData mode is no supported.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid input parameter.
@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ IpIoOpen ( IpIo->StationIp = EFI_NTOHL (OpenData->IpConfigData.Ip4CfgData.StationAddress);
IpIo->SubnetMask = EFI_NTOHL (OpenData->IpConfigData.Ip4CfgData.SubnetMask);
}
-
+
Status = IpIo->Ip.Ip4->Configure (
IpIo->Ip.Ip4,
&OpenData->IpConfigData.Ip4CfgData
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ IpIoOpen ( } else {
Status = IpIo->Ip.Ip6->Configure (
- IpIo->Ip.Ip6,
+ IpIo->Ip.Ip6,
&OpenData->IpConfigData.Ip6CfgData
);
}
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ IpIoOpen ( Stop an IP_IO instance.
If Ip version is not IP_VERSION_4 or IP_VERSION_6, then ASSERT().
-
+
This function is paired with IpIoOpen(). The IP_IO will be unconfigured and all
the pending send/receive tokens will be canceled.
@@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ IpIoStop ( /**
Destroy an IP_IO instance.
-
+
This function is paired with IpIoCreate(). The IP_IO will be closed first.
Resource will be freed afterwards. See IpIoCloseProtocolDestroyIpChild().
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ IpIoDestroy ( )
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
-
+
//
// Stop the IpIo.
//
@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ IpIoDestroy ( /**
Send out an IP packet.
-
+
This function is called after IpIoOpen(). The data to be sent is wrapped in
Pkt. The IP instance wrapped in IpIo is used for sending by default but can be
overriden by Sender. Other sending configs, like source address and gateway
@@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ IpIoCancelTxToken ( If IpIo is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Ip version is not IP_VERSION_4 or IP_VERSION_6, then ASSERT().
-
+
The function is used to add the IP_IO to the IP_IO sending list. The caller
can later use IpIoFindSender() to get the IP_IO and call IpIoSend() to send
data.
@@ -1883,9 +1883,9 @@ IpIoConfigIp ( if (((EFI_IP4_CONFIG_DATA *) IpConfigData)->UseDefaultAddress) {
Status = Ip.Ip4->GetModeData (
- Ip.Ip4,
- &Ip4ModeData,
- NULL,
+ Ip.Ip4,
+ &Ip4ModeData,
+ NULL,
NULL
);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
@@ -1898,12 +1898,12 @@ IpIoConfigIp ( }
CopyMem (
- &IpInfo->Addr.Addr,
- &((EFI_IP4_CONFIG_DATA *) IpConfigData)->StationAddress,
+ &IpInfo->Addr.Addr,
+ &((EFI_IP4_CONFIG_DATA *) IpConfigData)->StationAddress,
sizeof (IP4_ADDR)
);
CopyMem (
- &IpInfo->PreMask.SubnetMask,
+ &IpInfo->PreMask.SubnetMask,
&((EFI_IP4_CONFIG_DATA *) IpConfigData)->SubnetMask,
sizeof (IP4_ADDR)
);
@@ -1961,11 +1961,11 @@ IpIoConfigIp ( } else {
Status = EFI_NO_MAPPING;
return Status;
- }
+ }
CopyMem (
- &IpInfo->Addr,
- &Ip6ModeData.ConfigData.StationAddress,
+ &IpInfo->Addr,
+ &Ip6ModeData.ConfigData.StationAddress,
sizeof (EFI_IPv6_ADDRESS)
);
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ IpIoConfigIp ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Ip.Ip6->Configure (Ip.Ip6, NULL);
}
- }
+ }
} else {
//
// The IP instance is reset, set the stored Addr and SubnetMask to zero.
@@ -1994,7 +1994,7 @@ IpIoConfigIp ( sending purpose.
If Ip version is not IP_VERSION_4 or IP_VERSION_6, then ASSERT().
-
+
This function pairs with IpIoAddIp(). The IpInfo is previously created by
IpIoAddIp(). The IP_IO_IP_INFO::RefCnt is decremented and the IP instance
will be dstroyed if the RefCnt is zero.
@@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ IpIoRemoveIp ( {
UINT8 IpVersion;
-
+
if (IpIo == NULL || IpInfo == NULL) {
return;
}
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ IpIoRemoveIp ( /**
Find the first IP protocol maintained in IpIo whose local
address is the same as Src.
-
+
This function is called when the caller needs the IpIo to send data to the
specified Src. The IpIo was added previously by IpIoAddIp().
@@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ IpIoFindSender ( if (EFI_IP6_EQUAL (&IpInfo->Addr.v6, &Src->v6)) {
*IpIo = IpIoPtr;
- return IpInfo;
+ return IpInfo;
}
}
}
@@ -2139,13 +2139,13 @@ IpIoFindSender ( /**
Get the ICMP error map information.
-
+
The ErrorStatus will be returned. The IsHard and Notify are optional. If they
are not NULL, this routine will fill them.
@param[in] IcmpError IcmpError Type.
@param[in] IpVersion The version of the IP protocol to use,
- either IPv4 or IPv6.
+ either IPv4 or IPv6.
@param[out] IsHard If TRUE, indicates that it is a hard error.
@param[out] Notify If TRUE, SockError needs to be notified.
@@ -2217,12 +2217,12 @@ IpIoGetIcmpErrStatus ( case ICMP6_ERR_UNREACH_HOST:
case ICMP6_ERR_TIMXCEED_HOPLIMIT:
- case ICMP6_ERR_TIMXCEED_REASS:
+ case ICMP6_ERR_TIMXCEED_REASS:
return EFI_HOST_UNREACHABLE;
case ICMP6_ERR_UNREACH_PROTOCOL:
return EFI_PROTOCOL_UNREACHABLE;
-
+
case ICMP6_ERR_UNREACH_PORT:
return EFI_PORT_UNREACHABLE;
@@ -2251,23 +2251,23 @@ IpIoGetIcmpErrStatus ( Refresh the remote peer's Neighbor Cache entries.
This function is called when the caller needs the IpIo to refresh the existing
- IPv6 neighbor cache entries since the neighbor is considered reachable by the
- node has recently received a confirmation that packets sent recently to the
- neighbor were received by its IP layer.
+ IPv6 neighbor cache entries since the neighbor is considered reachable by the
+ node has recently received a confirmation that packets sent recently to the
+ neighbor were received by its IP layer.
@param[in] IpIo Pointer to an IP_IO instance
@param[in] Neighbor The IP address of the neighbor
@param[in] Timeout Time in 100-ns units that this entry will
- remain in the neighbor cache. A value of
- zero means that the entry is permanent.
- A value of non-zero means that the entry is
+ remain in the neighbor cache. A value of
+ zero means that the entry is permanent.
+ A value of non-zero means that the entry is
dynamic and will be deleted after Timeout.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation is completed successfully.
@retval EFI_NOT_STARTED The IpIo is not configured.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Neighbor Address is invalid.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The neighbor cache entry is not in the
- neighbor table.
+ @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The neighbor cache entry is not in the
+ neighbor table.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED IP version is IPv4, which doesn't support neighbor cache refresh.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Failed due to resource limit.
@@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ EFIAPI IpIoRefreshNeighbor (
IN IP_IO *IpIo,
IN EFI_IP_ADDRESS *Neighbor,
- IN UINT32 Timeout
+ IN UINT32 Timeout
)
{
EFI_IP6_PROTOCOL *Ip;
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeIpIoLib/DxeIpIoLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeIpIoLib/DxeIpIoLib.uni index 755d29911b..2a82881b6a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeIpIoLib/DxeIpIoLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeIpIoLib/DxeIpIoLib.uni @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ //
// This library instance provides IP services upon EFI IPv4/IPv6 Protocols.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.c index 90d2e3e64d..bf8f5523e6 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.c @@ -648,10 +648,10 @@ NetGetIpClass ( /**
Check whether the IP is a valid unicast address according to
- the netmask.
+ the netmask.
ASSERT if NetMask is zero.
-
+
If all bits of the host address of IP are 0 or 1, IP is also not a valid unicast address,
except when the originator is one of the endpoints of a point-to-point link with a 31-bit
mask (RFC3021).
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ NetIp4IsUnicast ( )
{
ASSERT (NetMask != 0);
-
+
if (Ip == 0 || IP4_IS_LOCAL_BROADCAST (Ip)) {
return FALSE;
}
@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ Ip6Swap128 ( /**
Initialize a random seed using current time and monotonic count.
- Get current time and monotonic count first. Then initialize a random seed
+ Get current time and monotonic count first. Then initialize a random seed
based on some basic mathematics operation on the hour, day, minute, second,
nanosecond and year of the current time and the monotonic count value.
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ NetListInsertBefore ( If it has been removed, then restart the traversal from the head.
If it hasn't been removed, then continue with the next node directly.
This function will end the iterate and return the CallBack's last return value if error happens,
- or retrun EFI_SUCCESS if 2 complete passes are made with no changes in the number of children in the list.
+ or retrun EFI_SUCCESS if 2 complete passes are made with no changes in the number of children in the list.
@param[in] List The head of the list.
@param[in] CallBack Pointer to the callback function to destroy one node in the list.
@@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ NetIsInHandleBuffer ( )
{
UINTN Index;
-
+
if (NumberOfChildren == 0 || ChildHandleBuffer == NULL) {
return FALSE;
}
@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ NetLibDefaultUnload ( if (DriverBinding->ImageHandle != ImageHandle) {
continue;
}
-
+
//
// Disconnect the driver specified by ImageHandle from all
// the devices in the handle database.
@@ -1822,16 +1822,16 @@ NetLibDefaultUnload ( NULL
);
}
-
+
//
// Uninstall all the protocols installed in the driver entry point
- //
+ //
gBS->UninstallProtocolInterface (
DriverBinding->DriverBindingHandle,
&gEfiDriverBindingProtocolGuid,
DriverBinding
);
-
+
Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
DeviceHandleBuffer[Index],
&gEfiComponentNameProtocolGuid,
@@ -2576,13 +2576,13 @@ Exit: /**
- Detect media state for a network device. This routine will wait for a period of time at
- a specified checking interval when a certain network is under connecting until connection
+ Detect media state for a network device. This routine will wait for a period of time at
+ a specified checking interval when a certain network is under connecting until connection
process finishs or timeout. If Aip protocol is supported by low layer drivers, three kinds
of media states can be detected: EFI_SUCCESS, EFI_NOT_READY and EFI_NO_MEDIA, represents
- connected state, connecting state and no media state respectively. When function detects
- the current state is EFI_NOT_READY, it will loop to wait for next time's check until state
- turns to be EFI_SUCCESS or EFI_NO_MEDIA. If Aip protocol is not supported, function will
+ connected state, connecting state and no media state respectively. When function detects
+ the current state is EFI_NOT_READY, it will loop to wait for next time's check until state
+ turns to be EFI_SUCCESS or EFI_NO_MEDIA. If Aip protocol is not supported, function will
call NetLibDetectMedia() and return state directly.
@param[in] ServiceHandle The handle where network service binding protocols are
@@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@ Exit: @param[out] MediaState The pointer to the detected media state.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Media detection success.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ServiceHandle is not a valid network device handle or
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ServiceHandle is not a valid network device handle or
MediaState pointer is NULL.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR A device error occurred.
@retval EFI_TIMEOUT Network is connecting but timeout.
@@ -2697,7 +2697,7 @@ NetLibDetectMediaWaitTimeout ( }
//
- // Loop to check media state
+ // Loop to check media state
//
Timer = NULL;
@@ -2758,10 +2758,10 @@ NetLibDetectMediaWaitTimeout ( from DHCP).
If the controller handle does not have the EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_PROTOCOL installed, the
- default address is static. If failed to get the policy from Ip4 Config2 Protocol,
+ default address is static. If failed to get the policy from Ip4 Config2 Protocol,
the default address is static. Otherwise, get the result from Ip4 Config2 Protocol.
- @param[in] Controller The controller handle which has the EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_PROTOCOL
+ @param[in] Controller The controller handle which has the EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_PROTOCOL
relative with the default address to judge.
@retval TRUE If the default address is static.
@@ -2775,12 +2775,12 @@ NetLibDefaultAddressIsStatic ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_PROTOCOL *Ip4Config2;
- UINTN DataSize;
+ UINTN DataSize;
EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_POLICY Policy;
BOOLEAN IsStatic;
Ip4Config2 = NULL;
-
+
DataSize = sizeof (EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_POLICY);
IsStatic = TRUE;
@@ -2797,11 +2797,11 @@ NetLibDefaultAddressIsStatic ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
goto ON_EXIT;
}
-
+
IsStatic = (BOOLEAN) (Policy == Ip4Config2PolicyStatic);
ON_EXIT:
-
+
return IsStatic;
}
@@ -3132,14 +3132,14 @@ NetLibStrToIp6andPrefix ( Convert one EFI_IPv6_ADDRESS to Null-terminated Unicode string.
The text representation of address is defined in RFC 4291.
-
+
@param[in] Ip6Address The pointer to the IPv6 address.
@param[out] String The buffer to return the converted string.
@param[in] StringSize The length in bytes of the input String.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Convert to string successfully.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The input parameter is invalid.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The BufferSize is too small for the result. BufferSize has been
+ @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The BufferSize is too small for the result. BufferSize has been
updated with the size needed to complete the request.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -3165,7 +3165,7 @@ NetLibIp6ToStr ( //
// Convert the UINT8 array to an UINT16 array for easy handling.
- //
+ //
ZeroMem (Ip6Addr, sizeof (Ip6Addr));
for (Index = 0; Index < 16; Index++) {
Ip6Addr[Index / 2] |= (Ip6Address->Addr[Index] << ((1 - (Index % 2)) << 3));
@@ -3197,7 +3197,7 @@ NetLibIp6ToStr ( }
}
}
-
+
if (CurrentZerosStart != DEFAULT_ZERO_START && CurrentZerosLength > 2) {
if (LongestZerosStart == DEFAULT_ZERO_START || LongestZerosLength < CurrentZerosLength) {
LongestZerosStart = CurrentZerosStart;
@@ -3218,7 +3218,7 @@ NetLibIp6ToStr ( }
Ptr += UnicodeSPrint(Ptr, 10, L"%x", Ip6Addr[Index]);
}
-
+
if (LongestZerosStart != DEFAULT_ZERO_START && LongestZerosStart + LongestZerosLength == 8) {
*Ptr++ = L':';
}
@@ -3281,7 +3281,7 @@ NetLibGetSystemGuid ( //
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
-
+
//
// SMBIOS tables are byte packed so we need to do a byte copy to
// prevend alignment faults on Itanium-based platform.
@@ -3295,12 +3295,12 @@ NetLibGetSystemGuid ( // 1. Formatted section; 2. Unformatted string section. So, 2 steps are needed
// to skip one SMBIOS structure.
//
-
+
//
// Step 1: Skip over formatted section.
//
String = (CHAR8 *) (Smbios.Raw + Smbios.Hdr->Length);
-
+
//
// Step 2: Skip over unformated string section.
//
@@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ NetLibGetSystemGuid ( //
Smbios.Raw = (UINT8 *)++String;
break;
- }
+ }
} while (TRUE);
} while (Smbios.Raw < SmbiosEnd.Raw);
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
@@ -3328,19 +3328,19 @@ NetLibGetSystemGuid ( Create Dns QName according the queried domain name.
If DomainName is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- QName is a domain name represented as a sequence of labels,
- where each label consists of a length octet followed by that
- number of octets. The QName terminates with the zero
- length octet for the null label of the root. Caller should
+
+ QName is a domain name represented as a sequence of labels,
+ where each label consists of a length octet followed by that
+ number of octets. The QName terminates with the zero
+ length octet for the null label of the root. Caller should
take responsibility to free the buffer in returned pointer.
- @param DomainName The pointer to the queried domain name string.
+ @param DomainName The pointer to the queried domain name string.
@retval NULL Failed to fill QName.
@return QName filled successfully.
-
-**/
+
+**/
CHAR8 *
EFIAPI
NetLibCreateDnsQName (
@@ -3362,10 +3362,10 @@ NetLibCreateDnsQName ( Tail = NULL;
//
- // One byte for first label length, one byte for terminated length zero.
+ // One byte for first label length, one byte for terminated length zero.
//
QueryNameSize = StrLen (DomainName) + 2;
-
+
if (QueryNameSize > DNS_MAX_NAME_SIZE) {
return NULL;
}
@@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@ NetLibCreateDnsQName ( if (QueryName == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
-
+
Header = QueryName;
Tail = Header + 1;
Len = 0;
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.inf index ad0727c42f..c31a04bb72 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# This library instance provides the basic network services.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# (C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -64,4 +64,4 @@ gEfiIp4Config2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
gEfiComponentNameProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
gEfiComponentName2ProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
- gEfiAdapterInformationProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
\ No newline at end of file + gEfiAdapterInformationProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.uni index c324a50a61..2d6039a4fe 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/DxeNetLib.uni @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ //
// This library instance provides the basic network services.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/NetBuffer.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/NetBuffer.c index d0e2b9f2a8..9d333659d6 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/NetBuffer.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeNetLib/NetBuffer.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Network library functions providing net buffer operation support.
-Copyright (c) 2005 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2005 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -1847,11 +1847,11 @@ NetIp6PseudoHeadChecksum ( }
/**
- The function frees the net buffer which allocated by the IP protocol. It releases
- only the net buffer and doesn't call the external free function.
+ The function frees the net buffer which allocated by the IP protocol. It releases
+ only the net buffer and doesn't call the external free function.
- This function should be called after finishing the process of mIpSec->ProcessExt()
- for outbound traffic. The (EFI_IPSEC2_PROTOCOL)->ProcessExt() allocates a new
+ This function should be called after finishing the process of mIpSec->ProcessExt()
+ for outbound traffic. The (EFI_IPSEC2_PROTOCOL)->ProcessExt() allocates a new
buffer for the ESP, so there needs a function to free the old net buffer.
@param[in] Nbuf The network buffer to be freed.
@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ NetIpSecNetbufFree ( Nbuf->RefCnt--;
if (Nbuf->RefCnt == 0) {
-
+
//
// Update Vector only when NBuf is to be released. That is,
// all the sharing of Nbuf increse Vector's RefCnt by one
@@ -1883,14 +1883,14 @@ NetIpSecNetbufFree ( }
//
- // If NET_VECTOR_OWN_FIRST is set, release the first block since it is
+ // If NET_VECTOR_OWN_FIRST is set, release the first block since it is
// allocated by us
//
if ((Nbuf->Vector->Flag & NET_VECTOR_OWN_FIRST) != 0) {
FreePool (Nbuf->Vector->Block[0].Bulk);
}
FreePool (Nbuf->Vector);
- FreePool (Nbuf);
- }
+ FreePool (Nbuf);
+ }
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.c index 664e8261af..befef0f2e5 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.c @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ to log performance data. If both PerformanceEx and Performance Protocol is not available, it does not log any
performance information.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ EndPerformanceMeasurementEx ( UINTN
EFIAPI
GetPerformanceMeasurementEx (
- IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
+ IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
OUT CONST VOID **Handle,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Token,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Module,
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.inf index c7d06a3a1b..d9c7e833b5 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.inf @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ ## @file
# Performance library instance used in DXE phase.
-#
+#
# This library instance provides infrastructure for DXE phase drivers to log performance
# data. It consumes PerformanceEx or Performance Protocol published by DxeCorePerformanceLib
# to log performance data. If both PerformanceEx and Performance Protocol are not available,
# it does not log any performance information.
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.uni index 0c04cb0529..317e405df6 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePerformanceLib/DxePerformanceLib.uni @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ // to log performance data. If both PerformanceEx and Performance Protocol are not available,
// it does not log any performance information.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePrintLibPrint2Protocol/PrintLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePrintLibPrint2Protocol/PrintLib.c index e09520c81b..4f69673767 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePrintLibPrint2Protocol/PrintLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxePrintLibPrint2Protocol/PrintLib.c @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /** @file
Instance of Print Library based on gEfiPrint2SProtocolGuid.
- Implement the print library instance by wrap the interface
+ Implement the print library instance by wrap the interface
provided in the Print2S protocol. This protocol is defined as the internal
- protocol related to this implementation, not in the public spec. So, this
+ protocol related to this implementation, not in the public spec. So, this
library instance is only for this code base.
-Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ EFI_PRINT2S_PROTOCOL *mPrint2SProtocol = NULL; /**
The constructor function caches the pointer to Print2S protocol.
-
+
The constructor function locates Print2S protocol from protocol database.
- It will ASSERT() if that operation fails and it will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
+ It will ASSERT() if that operation fails and it will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
@param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ PrintLibConstructor ( /**
- Worker function that converts a VA_LIST to a BASE_LIST based on a Null-terminated
+ Worker function that converts a VA_LIST to a BASE_LIST based on a Null-terminated
format string.
@param AsciiFormat TRUE if Format is an ASCII string. FALSE if Format is a Unicode string.
@@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ DxePrintLibPrint2ProtocolVaListToBaseList ( FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | ((BytesPerFormatCharacter == 1) ? 0 : (*(Format + 1) << 8))) & FormatMask;
switch (FormatCharacter) {
- case '.':
- case '-':
- case '+':
- case ' ':
- case ',':
+ case '.':
+ case '-':
+ case '+':
+ case ' ':
+ case ',':
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ DxePrintLibPrint2ProtocolVaListToBaseList ( case '9':
break;
case 'L':
- case 'l':
+ case 'l':
Long = TRUE;
break;
case '*':
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ DxePrintLibPrint2ProtocolVaListToBaseList ( case '\0':
//
// Make no output if Format string terminates unexpectedly when
- // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.
+ // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.
//
Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;
//
@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ DxePrintLibPrint2ProtocolVaListToBaseList ( Done = TRUE;
break;
}
- }
-
+ }
+
//
// Handle each argument type
//
@@ -604,26 +604,26 @@ UnicodeSPrintAsciiFormat ( [ATTENTION] This function is deprecated for security reason.
Converts a decimal value to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- Converts the decimal number specified by Value to a Null-terminated Unicode
- string specified by Buffer containing at most Width characters. No padding of spaces
+
+ Converts the decimal number specified by Value to a Null-terminated Unicode
+ string specified by Buffer containing at most Width characters. No padding of spaces
is ever performed. If Width is 0 then a width of MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS is assumed.
The number of Unicode characters in Buffer is returned not including the Null-terminator.
If the conversion contains more than Width characters, then only the first
- Width characters are returned, and the total number of characters
+ Width characters are returned, and the total number of characters
required to perform the conversion is returned.
- Additional conversion parameters are specified in Flags.
-
+ Additional conversion parameters are specified in Flags.
+
The Flags bit LEFT_JUSTIFY is always ignored.
All conversions are left justified in Buffer.
If Width is 0, PREFIX_ZERO is ignored in Flags.
If COMMA_TYPE is set in Flags, then PREFIX_ZERO is ignored in Flags, and commas
are inserted every 3rd digit starting from the right.
- If RADIX_HEX is set in Flags, then the output buffer will be
+ If RADIX_HEX is set in Flags, then the output buffer will be
formatted in hexadecimal format.
If Value is < 0 and RADIX_HEX is not set in Flags, then the fist character in Buffer is a '-'.
- If PREFIX_ZERO is set in Flags and PREFIX_ZERO is not being ignored,
- then Buffer is padded with '0' characters so the combination of the optional '-'
+ If PREFIX_ZERO is set in Flags and PREFIX_ZERO is not being ignored,
+ then Buffer is padded with '0' characters so the combination of the optional '-'
sign character, '0' characters, digit characters for Value, and the Null-terminator
add up to Width characters.
If both COMMA_TYPE and RADIX_HEX are set in Flags, then ASSERT().
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ UnicodeSPrintAsciiFormat ( @param Value The 64-bit signed value to convert to a string.
@param Width The maximum number of Unicode characters to place in Buffer, not including
the Null-terminator.
-
+
@return The number of Unicode characters in Buffer not including the Null-terminator.
**/
@@ -1083,29 +1083,29 @@ AsciiSPrintUnicodeFormat ( [ATTENTION] This function is deprecated for security reason.
Converts a decimal value to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
-
- Converts the decimal number specified by Value to a Null-terminated ASCII string
- specified by Buffer containing at most Width characters. No padding of spaces
+
+ Converts the decimal number specified by Value to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+ specified by Buffer containing at most Width characters. No padding of spaces
is ever performed.
If Width is 0 then a width of MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS is assumed.
The number of ASCII characters in Buffer is returned not including the Null-terminator.
If the conversion contains more than Width characters, then only the first Width
characters are returned, and the total number of characters required to perform
the conversion is returned.
- Additional conversion parameters are specified in Flags.
+ Additional conversion parameters are specified in Flags.
The Flags bit LEFT_JUSTIFY is always ignored.
All conversions are left justified in Buffer.
If Width is 0, PREFIX_ZERO is ignored in Flags.
If COMMA_TYPE is set in Flags, then PREFIX_ZERO is ignored in Flags, and commas
are inserted every 3rd digit starting from the right.
- If RADIX_HEX is set in Flags, then the output buffer will be
+ If RADIX_HEX is set in Flags, then the output buffer will be
formatted in hexadecimal format.
If Value is < 0 and RADIX_HEX is not set in Flags, then the fist character in Buffer is a '-'.
- If PREFIX_ZERO is set in Flags and PREFIX_ZERO is not being ignored,
- then Buffer is padded with '0' characters so the combination of the optional '-'
+ If PREFIX_ZERO is set in Flags and PREFIX_ZERO is not being ignored,
+ then Buffer is padded with '0' characters so the combination of the optional '-'
sign character, '0' characters, digit characters for Value, and the Null-terminator
add up to Width characters.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If unsupported bits are set in Flags, then ASSERT().
If both COMMA_TYPE and RADIX_HEX are set in Flags, then ASSERT().
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ AsciiSPrintUnicodeFormat ( @param Value The 64-bit signed value to convert to a string.
@param Width The maximum number of ASCII characters to place in Buffer, not including
the Null-terminator.
-
+
@return The number of ASCII characters in Buffer not including the Null-terminator.
**/
@@ -1256,8 +1256,8 @@ GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST CHAR8 mHexStr[] = {'0','1','2','3','4','5',' **/
CHAR8 *
InternalPrintLibValueToString (
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Buffer,
- IN INT64 Value,
+ IN OUT CHAR8 *Buffer,
+ IN INT64 Value,
IN UINTN Radix
)
{
@@ -1279,21 +1279,21 @@ InternalPrintLibValueToString ( }
/**
- Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
+ Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
based on a Null-terminated format string and a VA_LIST argument list.
- VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
- VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
+ VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
+ VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
this is the main print working routine.
If COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT is set in Flags, Buffer will not be modified at all.
- @param[out] Buffer The character buffer to print the results of the
+ @param[out] Buffer The character buffer to print the results of the
parsing of Format into.
- @param[in] BufferSize The maximum number of characters to put into
+ @param[in] BufferSize The maximum number of characters to put into
buffer.
@param[in] Flags Initial flags value.
- Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE, OUTPUT_UNICODE,
+ Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE, OUTPUT_UNICODE,
and COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT set.
@param[in] Format A Null-terminated format string.
@param[in] VaListMarker VA_LIST style variable argument list consumed by
@@ -1317,11 +1317,11 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( );
/**
- Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
+ Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
based on a Null-terminated format string and variable argument list.
- VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
- VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
+ VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
+ VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
this is the main print working routine
@param StartOfBuffer The character buffer to print the results of the parsing
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST CHAR8 * CONST mStatusString[] = { @param Buffer The buffer to place the Unicode or ASCII string.
@param EndBuffer The end of the input Buffer. No characters will be
- placed after that.
+ placed after that.
@param Length The count of character to be placed into Buffer.
(Negative value indicates no buffer fill.)
@param Character The character to be placed into Buffer.
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ InternalPrintLibFillBuffer ( )
{
INTN Index;
-
+
for (Index = 0; Index < Length && Buffer < EndBuffer; Index++) {
*Buffer = (CHAR8) Character;
if (Increment != 1) {
@@ -1439,21 +1439,21 @@ InternalPrintLibFillBuffer ( }
/**
- Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
+ Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
based on a Null-terminated format string and a VA_LIST argument list.
- VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
- VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
+ VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
+ VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
this is the main print working routine.
If COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT is set in Flags, Buffer will not be modified at all.
- @param[out] Buffer The character buffer to print the results of the
+ @param[out] Buffer The character buffer to print the results of the
parsing of Format into.
- @param[in] BufferSize The maximum number of characters to put into
+ @param[in] BufferSize The maximum number of characters to put into
buffer.
@param[in] Flags Initial flags value.
- Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE, OUTPUT_UNICODE,
+ Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE, OUTPUT_UNICODE,
and COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT set.
@param[in] Format A Null-terminated format string.
@param[in] VaListMarker VA_LIST style variable argument list consumed by
@@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( //
// If you change this code be sure to match the 2 versions of this function.
- // Nearly identical logic is found in the BasePrintLib and
+ // Nearly identical logic is found in the BasePrintLib and
// DxePrintLibPrint2Protocol (both PrintLib instances).
//
@@ -1630,24 +1630,24 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | ((BytesPerFormatCharacter == 1) ? 0 : (*(Format + 1) << 8))) & FormatMask;
switch (FormatCharacter) {
- case '.':
- Flags |= PRECISION;
+ case '.':
+ Flags |= PRECISION;
break;
- case '-':
- Flags |= LEFT_JUSTIFY;
+ case '-':
+ Flags |= LEFT_JUSTIFY;
break;
- case '+':
- Flags |= PREFIX_SIGN;
+ case '+':
+ Flags |= PREFIX_SIGN;
break;
- case ' ':
- Flags |= PREFIX_BLANK;
+ case ' ':
+ Flags |= PREFIX_BLANK;
break;
- case ',':
- Flags |= COMMA_TYPE;
+ case ',':
+ Flags |= COMMA_TYPE;
break;
case 'L':
- case 'l':
- Flags |= LONG_TYPE;
+ case 'l':
+ Flags |= LONG_TYPE;
break;
case '*':
if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {
@@ -1691,11 +1691,11 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( Precision = Count;
}
break;
-
+
case '\0':
//
// Make no output if Format string terminates unexpectedly when
- // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.
+ // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.
//
Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;
Precision = 0;
@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( Done = TRUE;
break;
}
- }
+ }
//
// Handle each argument type
@@ -1746,9 +1746,9 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( //
// 'd', 'u', 'x', and 'X' that are not preceded by 'l' or 'L' are assumed to be type "int".
// This assumption is made so the format string definition is compatible with the ANSI C
- // Specification for formatted strings. It is recommended that the Base Types be used
- // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and
- // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU
+ // Specification for formatted strings. It is recommended that the Base Types be used
+ // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and
+ // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU
// architectures. This is why the type "int" is used in this one case.
//
if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
@@ -1786,9 +1786,9 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( //
// 'd', 'u', 'x', and 'X' that are not preceded by 'l' or 'L' are assumed to be type "int".
// This assumption is made so the format string definition is compatible with the ANSI C
- // Specification for formatted strings. It is recommended that the Base Types be used
- // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and
- // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU
+ // Specification for formatted strings. It is recommended that the Base Types be used
+ // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and
+ // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU
// architectures. This is why the type "unsigned int" is used in this one case.
//
Value = (unsigned int)Value;
@@ -1800,9 +1800,9 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( //
// 'd', 'u', 'x', and 'X' that are not preceded by 'l' or 'L' are assumed to be type "int".
// This assumption is made so the format string definition is compatible with the ANSI C
- // Specification for formatted strings. It is recommended that the Base Types be used
- // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and
- // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU
+ // Specification for formatted strings. It is recommended that the Base Types be used
+ // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and
+ // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU
// architectures. This is why the type "unsigned int" is used in this one case.
//
Value = (unsigned int)Value;
@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( Count = 0;
}
ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)ValueBuffer + Count;
-
+
Digits = Count % 3;
if (Digits != 0) {
Digits = 3 - Digits;
@@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( GuidData3 = ReadUnaligned16 (&(TmpGuid->Data3));
InternalPrintLibSPrint (
ValueBuffer,
- MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS,
+ MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS,
0,
"%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
GuidData1,
@@ -1910,9 +1910,9 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( case 't':
if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- TmpTime = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, TIME *);
+ TmpTime = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, TIME *);
} else {
- TmpTime = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, TIME *);
+ TmpTime = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, TIME *);
}
if (TmpTime == NULL) {
ArgumentString = "<null time>";
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( break;
}
break;
-
+
case '\r':
Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | ((BytesPerFormatCharacter == 1) ? 0 : (*(Format + 1) << 8))) & FormatMask;
@@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( }
/**
- Returns the number of characters that would be produced by if the formatted
+ Returns the number of characters that would be produced by if the formatted
output were produced not including the Null-terminator.
If FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ InternalPrintLibSPrintMarker ( @param[in] FormatString A Null-terminated Unicode format string.
@param[in] Marker VA_LIST marker for the variable argument list.
- @return The number of characters that would be produced, not including the
+ @return The number of characters that would be produced, not including the
Null-terminator.
**/
UINTN
@@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ SPrintLength ( }
/**
- Returns the number of characters that would be produced by if the formatted
+ Returns the number of characters that would be produced by if the formatted
output were produced not including the Null-terminator.
If FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT() and 0 is returned.
@@ -2212,7 +2212,7 @@ SPrintLength ( @param[in] FormatString A Null-terminated ASCII format string.
@param[in] Marker VA_LIST marker for the variable argument list.
- @return The number of characters that would be produced, not including the
+ @return The number of characters that would be produced, not including the
Null-terminator.
**/
UINTN
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c index ce843cc47f..b28dc5c3bb 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Report Status Code Library for DXE Phase.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ InternalReportStatusCode ( //
return mReportStatusCodeLibStatusCodeProtocol->ReportStatusCode (Type, Value, Instance, (EFI_GUID *)CallerId, Data);
}
-
+
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ ReportStatusCodeEx ( //
Tpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
gBS->RestoreTPL (Tpl);
-
+
StatusCodeData = NULL;
if (Tpl <= TPL_NOTIFY) {
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeResetSystemLib/DxeResetSystemLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeResetSystemLib/DxeResetSystemLib.c index 76bca223ae..ea4878cab1 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeResetSystemLib/DxeResetSystemLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeResetSystemLib/DxeResetSystemLib.c @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ /**
This function causes a system-wide reset (cold reset), in which
- all circuitry within the system returns to its initial state. This type of reset
+ all circuitry within the system returns to its initial state. This type of reset
is asynchronous to system operation and operates without regard to
cycle boundaries.
- If this function returns, it means that the system does not support cold reset.
+ If this function returns, it means that the system does not support cold reset.
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ ResetCold ( }
/**
- This function causes a system-wide initialization (warm reset), in which all processors
+ This function causes a system-wide initialization (warm reset), in which all processors
are set to their initial state. Pending cycles are not corrupted.
If this function returns, it means that the system does not support warm reset.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ResetWarm ( }
/**
- This function causes the system to enter a power state equivalent
+ This function causes the system to enter a power state equivalent
to the ACPI G2/S5 or G3 states.
If this function returns, it means that the system does not support shut down reset.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSecurityManagementLib/DxeSecurityManagementLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSecurityManagementLib/DxeSecurityManagementLib.c index aa4d93b6f3..65d788bc68 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSecurityManagementLib/DxeSecurityManagementLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSecurityManagementLib/DxeSecurityManagementLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides generic security measurement functions for DXE module.
-Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ ReallocateSecurityHandlerTable ( // Reallocate memory for security info structure.
//
mSecurityTable = ReallocatePool (
- mMaxNumberOfSecurityHandler * sizeof (SECURITY_INFO),
- (mMaxNumberOfSecurityHandler + SECURITY_HANDLER_TABLE_SIZE) * sizeof (SECURITY_INFO),
+ mMaxNumberOfSecurityHandler * sizeof (SECURITY_INFO),
+ (mMaxNumberOfSecurityHandler + SECURITY_HANDLER_TABLE_SIZE) * sizeof (SECURITY_INFO),
mSecurityTable
);
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ ReallocateSecurityHandlerTable ( }
/**
- Check whether an operation is valid according to the requirement of current operation,
+ Check whether an operation is valid according to the requirement of current operation,
which must make sure that the measure image operation is the last one.
@param CurrentAuthOperation Current operation.
@@ -102,14 +102,14 @@ CheckAuthenticationOperation ( IN UINT32 CurrentAuthOperation,
IN UINT32 CheckAuthOperation
)
-{
+{
//
// Make sure new auth operation can be recognized.
//
ASSERT ((CheckAuthOperation & ~(EFI_AUTH_IMAGE_OPERATION_MASK | EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_AUTHENTICATION_STATE | EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_IMAGE_REQUIRED)) == 0);
-
+
//
- // When current operation includes measure image operation,
+ // When current operation includes measure image operation,
// only another measure image operation or none operation will be allowed.
//
if ((CurrentAuthOperation & EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_MEASURE_IMAGE) == EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_MEASURE_IMAGE) {
@@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ CheckAuthenticationOperation ( return FALSE;
}
}
-
+
//
- // When current operation doesn't include measure image operation,
+ // When current operation doesn't include measure image operation,
// any new operation will be allowed.
//
return TRUE;
@@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ RegisterSecurityHandler ( Execute registered handlers until one returns an error and that error is returned.
If none of the handlers return an error, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned.
- Before exectue handler, get the image buffer by file device path if a handler
+ Before exectue handler, get the image buffer by file device path if a handler
requires the image file. And return the image buffer to each handler when exectue handler.
The handlers are executed in same order to their registered order.
- @param[in] AuthenticationStatus
+ @param[in] AuthenticationStatus
This is the authentication type returned from the Section
Extraction protocol. See the Section Extraction Protocol
Specification for details on this type.
@@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ RegisterSecurityHandler ( being dispatched. This will optionally be used for logging.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The file specified by File did authenticate when more
- than one security handler services were registered,
- or the file did not authenticate when no security
- handler service was registered. And the platform policy
+ than one security handler services were registered,
+ or the file did not authenticate when no security
+ handler service was registered. And the platform policy
dictates that the DXE Core may use File.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER File is NULL.
@retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The file specified by File did not authenticate, and
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ ExecuteSecurityHandlers ( EFI_HANDLE Handle;
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Node;
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FilePathToVerfiy;
-
+
if (FilePath == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ ExecuteSecurityHandlers ( if (mNumberOfSecurityHandler == 0) {
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
-
+
Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
FileBuffer = NULL;
FileSize = 0;
@@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ ReallocateSecurity2HandlerTable ( // Reallocate memory for security info structure.
//
mSecurity2Table = ReallocatePool (
- mMaxNumberOfSecurity2Handler * sizeof (SECURITY2_INFO),
- (mMaxNumberOfSecurity2Handler + SECURITY_HANDLER_TABLE_SIZE) * sizeof (SECURITY2_INFO),
+ mMaxNumberOfSecurity2Handler * sizeof (SECURITY2_INFO),
+ (mMaxNumberOfSecurity2Handler + SECURITY_HANDLER_TABLE_SIZE) * sizeof (SECURITY2_INFO),
mSecurity2Table
);
@@ -329,17 +329,17 @@ ReallocateSecurity2HandlerTable ( }
/**
- Check whether an operation is valid according to the requirement of current operation,
+ Check whether an operation is valid according to the requirement of current operation,
which must make sure that the measure image operation is the last one.
-
+
If AuthenticationOperation is not recongnized, return FALSE.
If AuthenticationOperation is EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_NONE, return FALSE.
If AuthenticationOperation includes security operation and authentication operation, return FALSE.
If the previous register handler can't be executed before the later register handler, return FALSE.
-
+
@param CurrentAuthOperation Current operation.
@param CheckAuthOperation Operation to be checked.
-
+
@retval TRUE Operation is valid for current operation.
@retval FALSE Operation is invalid for current operation.
**/
@@ -348,21 +348,21 @@ CheckAuthentication2Operation ( IN UINT32 CurrentAuthOperation,
IN UINT32 CheckAuthOperation
)
-{
+{
//
// Make sure new auth operation can be recognized.
//
if (CheckAuthOperation == EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_NONE) {
return FALSE;
}
- if ((CheckAuthOperation & ~(EFI_AUTH_IMAGE_OPERATION_MASK |
- EFI_AUTH_NONE_IMAGE_OPERATION_MASK |
+ if ((CheckAuthOperation & ~(EFI_AUTH_IMAGE_OPERATION_MASK |
+ EFI_AUTH_NONE_IMAGE_OPERATION_MASK |
EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_IMAGE_REQUIRED)) != 0) {
return FALSE;
}
//
- // When current operation includes measure image operation,
+ // When current operation includes measure image operation,
// only another measure image or none image operation will be allowed.
//
if ((CurrentAuthOperation & EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_MEASURE_IMAGE) == EFI_AUTH_OPERATION_MEASURE_IMAGE) {
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ CheckAuthentication2Operation ( return FALSE;
}
}
-
+
//
// Any other operation will be allowed.
//
@@ -434,16 +434,16 @@ RegisterSecurity2Handler ( }
/**
- Execute registered handlers based on input AuthenticationOperation until
- one returns an error and that error is returned.
-
+ Execute registered handlers based on input AuthenticationOperation until
+ one returns an error and that error is returned.
+
If none of the handlers return an error, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned.
The handlers those satisfy AuthenticationOperation will only be executed.
The handlers are executed in same order to their registered order.
- @param[in] AuthenticationOperation
+ @param[in] AuthenticationOperation
The operation type specifies which handlers will be executed.
- @param[in] AuthenticationStatus
+ @param[in] AuthenticationStatus
The authentication status for the input file.
@param[in] File This is a pointer to the device path of the file that is
being dispatched. This will optionally be used for logging.
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ RegisterSecurity2Handler ( @retval EFI_SUCCESS FileBuffer is NULL and current user has permission to start
UEFI device drivers on the device path specified by DevicePath.
@retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The file specified by File or FileBuffer did not
- authenticate, and the platform policy dictates that
+ authenticate, and the platform policy dictates that
the file should be placed in the untrusted state.
@retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION FileBuffer FileBuffer is NULL and the user has no
permission to start UEFI device drivers on the device path specified
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ RegisterSecurity2Handler ( @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The file specified by File did not authenticate, and
the platform policy dictates that the DXE
Foundation may not use File.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER File and FileBuffer are both NULL.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER File and FileBuffer are both NULL.
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSecurityManagementLib/DxeSecurityManagementLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSecurityManagementLib/DxeSecurityManagementLib.inf index 0f8a13b99d..41d8ff8fd1 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSecurityManagementLib/DxeSecurityManagementLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSecurityManagementLib/DxeSecurityManagementLib.inf @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ #
# This library provides generic security measurement functions for DXE module.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 7F61122C-19DF-47c3-BA0D-6C1149E30FA1
MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = SecurityManagementLib|DXE_CORE DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SAL_DRIVER DXE_SMM_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = SecurityManagementLib|DXE_CORE DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SAL_DRIVER DXE_SMM_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
#
# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.c index d8d0684273..353174724e 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.c @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ StartPerformanceMeasurement(), EndPerformanceMeasurement(), StartPerformanceMeasurementEx()
and EndPerformanceMeasurementEx() are not implemented.
- Copyright (c) 2011 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ EndPerformanceMeasurement ( UINTN
EFIAPI
GetByPerformanceProtocol (
- IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
+ IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
OUT CONST VOID **Handle,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Token,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Module,
@@ -450,12 +450,12 @@ GetAllSmmGaugeData ( mSmmPerformanceBuffer = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) Entry->PhysicalStart;
//
- // Initialize communicate buffer
+ // Initialize communicate buffer
//
SmmCommBufferHeader = (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER *)mSmmPerformanceBuffer;
SmmPerfCommData = (SMM_PERF_COMMUNICATE *)SmmCommBufferHeader->Data;
ZeroMem((UINT8*)SmmPerfCommData, sizeof(SMM_PERF_COMMUNICATE));
-
+
CopyGuid (&SmmCommBufferHeader->HeaderGuid, &gSmmPerformanceProtocolGuid);
SmmCommBufferHeader->MessageLength = sizeof(SMM_PERF_COMMUNICATE);
CommSize = SMM_PERFORMANCE_COMMUNICATION_BUFFER_SIZE;
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ GetAllSmmGaugeData ( //
// Get all SMM gauge data
- //
+ //
SmmPerfCommData->Function = SMM_PERF_FUNCTION_GET_GAUGE_DATA;
SmmPerfCommData->GaugeData = (GAUGE_DATA_ENTRY *) Buffer;
EntriesGot = 0;
@@ -589,12 +589,12 @@ GetAllSmmGaugeDataEx ( ASSERT (Index < PiSmmCommunicationRegionTable->NumberOfEntries);
mSmmPerformanceBuffer = (UINT8 *) (UINTN) Entry->PhysicalStart;
//
- // Initialize communicate buffer
+ // Initialize communicate buffer
//
SmmCommBufferHeader = (EFI_SMM_COMMUNICATE_HEADER *)mSmmPerformanceBuffer;
SmmPerfCommData = (SMM_PERF_COMMUNICATE_EX *)SmmCommBufferHeader->Data;
ZeroMem((UINT8*)SmmPerfCommData, sizeof(SMM_PERF_COMMUNICATE_EX));
-
+
CopyGuid (&SmmCommBufferHeader->HeaderGuid, &gSmmPerformanceExProtocolGuid);
SmmCommBufferHeader->MessageLength = sizeof(SMM_PERF_COMMUNICATE_EX);
CommSize = SMM_PERFORMANCE_COMMUNICATION_BUFFER_SIZE;
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ GetAllSmmGaugeDataEx ( //
// Get all SMM gauge data
- //
+ //
SmmPerfCommData->Function = SMM_PERF_FUNCTION_GET_GAUGE_DATA;
SmmPerfCommData->GaugeDataEx = (GAUGE_DATA_ENTRY_EX *) Buffer;
EntriesGot = 0;
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ GetAllSmmGaugeDataEx ( UINTN
EFIAPI
GetPerformanceMeasurementEx (
- IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
+ IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
OUT CONST VOID **Handle,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Token,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Module,
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.inf index 2b057704f8..f4d94c23e8 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.inf @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ ## @file
# Performance library instance used in DXE phase to dump SMM performance data.
-#
+#
# This library instance allows a DXE driver or UEFI application to dump both PEI/DXE and SMM performance data.
# StartPerformanceMeasurement(), EndPerformanceMeasurement(), StartPerformanceMeasurementEx()
# and EndPerformanceMeasurementEx() are not implemented.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.uni index 96c5762256..6db8cff7a4 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeSmmPerformanceLib/DxeSmmPerformanceLib.uni @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ // StartPerformanceMeasurement(), EndPerformanceMeasurement(), StartPerformanceMeasurementEx()
// and EndPerformanceMeasurementEx() are not implemented.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2011 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.c index fd85d0e787..bf15a78fd3 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.c @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This library is used to share code between UEFI network stack modules.
It provides the helper routines to access TCP service.
-Copyright (c) 2010 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at<BR>
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
/**
- The common notify function associated with various TcpIo events.
+ The common notify function associated with various TcpIo events.
@param[in] Event The event signaled.
@param[in] Context The context.
@@ -111,14 +111,14 @@ ON_EXIT: }
/**
- Create a TCP socket with the specified configuration data.
+ Create a TCP socket with the specified configuration data.
@param[in] Image The handle of the driver image.
@param[in] Controller The handle of the controller.
@param[in] TcpVersion The version of Tcp, TCP_VERSION_4 or TCP_VERSION_6.
@param[in] ConfigData The Tcp configuration data.
@param[out] TcpIo The TcpIo.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The TCP socket is created and configured.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED One or more of the control options are not
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ TcpIoCreateSocket ( //
// Create the TCP child instance and get the TCP protocol.
- //
+ //
Status = NetLibCreateServiceChild (
Controller,
Image,
@@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ ON_ERROR: return Status;
}
-
+
/**
- Destroy the socket.
+ Destroy the socket.
@param[in] TcpIo The TcpIo which wraps the socket to be destroyed.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ TcpIoDestroySocket ( @param[in, out] TcpIo The TcpIo wrapping the TCP socket.
@param[in] Timeout The time to wait for connection done. Set to NULL for infinite wait.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Connect to the other endpoint of the TCP socket
successfully.
@retval EFI_TIMEOUT Failed to connect to the other endpoint of the
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ TcpIoConnect ( @param[in, out] TcpIo The TcpIo wrapping the TCP socket.
@param[in] Timeout The time to wait for connection done. Set to NULL for infinite wait.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Connect to the other endpoint of the TCP socket
successfully.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ TcpIoAccept ( }
//
- // The new TCP instance handle created for the established connection is
+ // The new TCP instance handle created for the established connection is
// in ListenToken.
//
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ TcpIoAccept ( } else {
ProtocolGuid = &gEfiTcp6ProtocolGuid;
}
-
+
Status = gBS->OpenProtocol (
TcpIo->ListenToken.Tcp4Token.NewChildHandle,
ProtocolGuid,
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ TcpIoReset ( Tcp4 = NULL;
Tcp6 = NULL;
- if (TcpIo->TcpVersion == TCP_VERSION_4) {
+ if (TcpIo->TcpVersion == TCP_VERSION_4) {
TcpIo->CloseToken.Tcp4Token.AbortOnClose = TRUE;
Tcp4 = TcpIo->Tcp.Tcp4;
Status = Tcp4->Close (Tcp4, &TcpIo->CloseToken.Tcp4Token);
@@ -744,13 +744,13 @@ TcpIoReset ( }
}
-
+
/**
Transmit the Packet to the other endpoint of the socket.
@param[in] TcpIo The TcpIo wrapping the TCP socket.
@param[in] Packet The packet to transmit.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The packet is trasmitted.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED One or more of the control options are not
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ TcpIoTransmit ( if (TcpIo->TcpVersion == TCP_VERSION_4) {
- Size = sizeof (EFI_TCP4_TRANSMIT_DATA) +
+ Size = sizeof (EFI_TCP4_TRANSMIT_DATA) +
(Packet->BlockOpNum - 1) * sizeof (EFI_TCP4_FRAGMENT_DATA);
} else if (TcpIo->TcpVersion == TCP_VERSION_6) {
Size = sizeof (EFI_TCP6_TRANSMIT_DATA) +
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ TcpIoTransmit ( if (Tcp4 == NULL) {
goto ON_EXIT;
}
-
+
Status = Tcp4->Transmit (Tcp4, &TcpIo->TxToken.Tcp4Token);
} else {
TcpIo->TxToken.Tcp6Token.Packet.TxData = (EFI_TCP6_TRANSMIT_DATA *) Data;
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ TcpIoReceive ( }
if (Tcp6 == NULL) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
+ return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
}
} else {
@@ -961,11 +961,11 @@ TcpIoReceive ( } else {
Status = Tcp6->Receive (Tcp6, &TcpIo->RxToken.Tcp6Token);
}
-
+
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
goto ON_EXIT;
}
-
+
while (!TcpIo->IsRxDone && ((Timeout == NULL) || EFI_ERROR (gBS->CheckEvent (Timeout)))) {
//
// Poll until some data is received or an error occurs.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.inf index 1b29dcec48..2dc74a73e2 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# This library instance provides TCP services by EFI TCPv4/TCPv6 Protocols.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.uni index 7623613383..693dd37dea 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeTcpIoLib/DxeTcpIoLib.uni @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ //
// This library instance provides TCP services by EFI TCPv4/TCPv6 Protocols.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeUdpIoLib/DxeUdpIoLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeUdpIoLib/DxeUdpIoLib.inf index ce6e996a51..3e541ee6ee 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeUdpIoLib/DxeUdpIoLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeUdpIoLib/DxeUdpIoLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# This library instance provides UDP services by consuming EFI UDPv4/UDPv6 Protocols.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeUdpIoLib/DxeUpdIoLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeUdpIoLib/DxeUpdIoLib.uni index 7218f59acf..2bdaa8346a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeUdpIoLib/DxeUpdIoLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/DxeUdpIoLib/DxeUpdIoLib.uni @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ //
// This library instance provides UDP services by consuming EFI UDPv4/UDPv6 Protocols.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2008 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2008 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorer.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorer.c index 9182751ad7..d9ce57f8f4 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorer.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorer.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
File explorer related functions.
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ HII_VENDOR_DEVICE_PATH FeHiiVendorDevicePath = { {
END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE,
END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE,
- {
+ {
(UINT8) (END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH),
(UINT8) ((END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH) >> 8)
}
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ LibFileInfo ( Buffer = NULL;
BufferSize = 0;
-
+
Status = FHand->GetInfo (
FHand,
InfoType,
@@ -691,19 +691,19 @@ LibAppendFileName ( Size1 = StrSize (Str1);
Size2 = StrSize (Str2);
-
+
//
// Check overflow
//
if (((MAX_UINTN - Size1) < Size2) || ((MAX_UINTN - Size1 - Size2) < sizeof(CHAR16))) {
return NULL;
}
-
+
MaxLen = (Size1 + Size2 + sizeof (CHAR16))/ sizeof (CHAR16);
Str = AllocateZeroPool (Size1 + Size2 + sizeof (CHAR16));
ASSERT (Str != NULL);
- TmpStr = AllocateZeroPool (Size1 + Size2 + sizeof (CHAR16));
+ TmpStr = AllocateZeroPool (Size1 + Size2 + sizeof (CHAR16));
ASSERT (TmpStr != NULL);
StrCpyS (Str, MaxLen, Str1);
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ LibAppendFileName ( //
//
- // Use TmpStr as a backup, as StrCpyS in BaseLib does not handle copy of two strings
+ // Use TmpStr as a backup, as StrCpyS in BaseLib does not handle copy of two strings
// that overlap.
//
StrCpyS (TmpStr, MaxLen, Ptr + 3);
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ LibAppendFileName ( //
//
- // Use TmpStr as a backup, as StrCpyS in BaseLib does not handle copy of two strings
+ // Use TmpStr as a backup, as StrCpyS in BaseLib does not handle copy of two strings
// that overlap.
//
StrCpyS (TmpStr, MaxLen, Ptr + 2);
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ LibAppendFileName ( }
FreePool (TmpStr);
-
+
return Str;
}
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ LibFindFileSystem ( VolumeLabel,
MenuEntry->HelpString
);
- MenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = HiiSetString (
+ MenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = HiiSetString (
gFileExplorerPrivate.FeHiiHandle,
0,
MenuEntry->DisplayString,
@@ -871,16 +871,16 @@ LibFindFileSystem ( /**
Find the file handle from the input menu info.
-
+
@param MenuEntry Input Menu info.
@param RetFileHandle Return the file handle for the input device path.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCESS Find the file handle success.
@retval Other Find the file handle failure.
**/
EFI_STATUS
LibGetFileHandleFromMenu (
- IN MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry,
+ IN MENU_ENTRY *MenuEntry,
OUT EFI_FILE_HANDLE *RetFileHandle
)
{
@@ -917,18 +917,18 @@ LibGetFileHandleFromMenu ( /**
Find the file handle from the input device path info.
-
+
@param RootDirectory Device path info.
@param RetFileHandle Return the file handle for the input device path.
@param ParentFileName Parent file name.
@param DeviceHandle Driver handle for this partition.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCESS Find the file handle success.
@retval Other Find the file handle failure.
**/
EFI_STATUS
LibGetFileHandleFromDevicePath (
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RootDirectory,
+ IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *RootDirectory,
OUT EFI_FILE_HANDLE *RetFileHandle,
OUT UINT16 **ParentFileName,
OUT EFI_HANDLE *DeviceHandle
@@ -953,12 +953,12 @@ LibGetFileHandleFromDevicePath ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return Status;
}
-
+
Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, (VOID**)&Volume);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return Status;
}
-
+
//
// Open the Volume to get the File System handle
//
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ LibGetFileHandleFromDevicePath ( *RetFileHandle = FileHandle;
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
-
+
//
// Duplicate the device path to avoid the access to unaligned device path node.
// Because the device path consists of one or more FILE PATH MEDIA DEVICE PATH
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ LibGetFileHandleFromDevicePath ( Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
goto Done;
}
-
+
//
// Parse each MEDIA_FILEPATH_DP node. There may be more than one, since the
// directory information and filename can be seperate. The goal is to inch
@@ -1123,11 +1123,11 @@ LibCreateNewFile ( /**
Find files under current directory.
-
+
All files and sub-directories in current directory
will be stored in DirectoryMenu for future use.
- @param FileHandle Parent file handle.
+ @param FileHandle Parent file handle.
@param FileName Parent file name.
@param DeviceHandle Driver handle for this partition.
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ LibFindFiles ( } else {
NewMenuEntry->DisplayString = LibStrDuplicate (DirInfo->FileName);
}
-
+
NewMenuEntry->DisplayStringToken = HiiSetString (
gFileExplorerPrivate.FeHiiHandle,
0,
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ LibGetDevicePath ( }
/**
- Choose a file in the specified directory.
+ Choose a file in the specified directory.
If user input NULL for the RootDirectory, will choose file in the system.
@@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ FileExplorerLibConstructor ( //
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiFormBrowser2ProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &gFileExplorerPrivate.FormBrowser2);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
InitializeListHead (&gFileExplorerPrivate.FsOptionMenu->Head);
return EFI_SUCCESS;
@@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ FileExplorerLibDestructor ( NULL
);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
HiiRemovePackages (gFileExplorerPrivate.FeHiiHandle);
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorer.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorer.h index b9a84fb667..bf1450dbd5 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorer.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorer.h @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
File explorer lib.
-Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _FILE_EXPLORER_H_
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ EFI_STATUS LibUpdateFileExplorer (
IN UINT16 KeyValue
);
-
-
+
+
/**
Get the device path info saved in the menu structure.
@@ -239,4 +239,4 @@ LibGetDevicePath ( IN UINT16 KeyValue
);
-#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerLib.inf index 75071d9541..5d9822d95f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerLib.inf @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ ## @file
# library defines a set of interfaces for how to do file explorer.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
# the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
# The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ [Guids]
gEfiFileSystemVolumeLabelInfoIdGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID (Indicate the information type is volume)
gEfiIfrTianoGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID (Extended IFR Guid Opcode)
-
+
[Protocols]
gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
@@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ gEfiDevicePathToTextProtocolGuid ## PRODUCES
[Depex.common.DXE_DRIVER]
- gEfiFormBrowser2ProtocolGuid AND gEfiHiiDatabaseProtocolGuid
\ No newline at end of file + gEfiFormBrowser2ProtocolGuid AND gEfiHiiDatabaseProtocolGuid
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerString.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerString.uni index e16adb66fc..64f4a5884f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerString.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerString.uni @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ ///** @file
//
-// Copyright (c) 2007 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
+// Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// This program and the accompanying materials
+// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+//
+// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+//
// Module Name:
//
// FileExplorerString.uni
-//
+//
// Abstract:
-//
+//
// String definitions for file exporer library.
-//
+//
// Revision History:
-//
+//
// --*/
/=#
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerVfr.vfr b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerVfr.vfr index b2bf94d5c7..b969d97a8c 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerVfr.vfr +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/FileExplorerLib/FileExplorerVfr.vfr @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ //
// File Explorer Formset
//
-// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ formset key = KEY_VALUE_NO_CREATE_FOLDER_AND_EXIT;
endform;
-endformset;
\ No newline at end of file +endformset;
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.c index 5d7b52c06e..c40dfea398 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** @file
-Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ UpdateLockBox ( @retval RETURN_SUCCESS the information is restored successfully.
@retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER the Guid is NULL, or one of Buffer and Length is NULL.
- @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
+ @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
LOCK_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_RESTORE_IN_PLACE attribute.
@retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL the Length is too small to hold the confidential information.
@retval RETURN_NOT_FOUND the requested GUID not found.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.inf index 1018a69e81..d824c59281 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# NULL LockBox library instance.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #
# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
#
[Sources]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.uni index e8164cccdc..6b961e51aa 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LockBoxNullLib/LockBoxNullLib.uni @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ //
// NULL LockBox library instance.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
// of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
// full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/F86GuidedSectionExtraction.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/F86GuidedSectionExtraction.c index b02dc515f8..29150d375a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/F86GuidedSectionExtraction.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/F86GuidedSectionExtraction.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /** @file
- LZMA Decompress GUIDed Section Extraction Library, which produces LZMA custom
+ LZMA Decompress GUIDed Section Extraction Library, which produces LZMA custom
decompression algorithm with the converter for the different arch code.
It wraps Lzma decompress interfaces to GUIDed Section Extraction interfaces
and registers them into GUIDed handler table.
- Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ Examines a GUIDed section and returns the size of the decoded buffer and the
size of an scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
- Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports,
- then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the required information can not be retrieved from InputSection,
then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports,
then the size required to hold the decoded buffer is returned in OututBufferSize,
the size of an optional scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and the Attributes field
from EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION header of InputSection is returned in SectionAttribute.
-
+
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -100,16 +100,16 @@ LzmaArchGuidedSectionGetInfo ( /**
Decompress a LZAM compressed GUIDed section into a caller allocated output buffer.
-
- Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
- If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+ Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the data in InputSection can not be decoded, then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then InputSection
is decoded into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the
data in InputSection, then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise,
the decoded data will be placed in caller allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.
-
+
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
@@ -117,10 +117,10 @@ LzmaArchGuidedSectionGetInfo ( @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
- @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
+ @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
@param[out] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function
- as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
- @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
+ as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+ @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer.
See the definition of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI
section of the PI Specification. EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE must
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ LzmaArchGuidedSectionExtraction ( UINT32 X86State;
UINT32 OutputBufferSize;
UINT32 ScratchBufferSize;
-
+
ASSERT (OutputBuffer != NULL);
ASSERT (InputSection != NULL);
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ LzmaArchGuidedSectionExtraction ( );
//
- // After decompress, the data need to be converted to the raw data.
+ // After decompress, the data need to be converted to the raw data.
//
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Status = LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo (
@@ -187,13 +187,13 @@ LzmaArchGuidedSectionExtraction ( &OutputBufferSize,
&ScratchBufferSize
);
-
+
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
x86_Convert_Init(X86State);
x86_Convert(*OutputBuffer, OutputBufferSize, 0, &X86State, 0);
}
}
-
+
return Status;
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/GuidedSectionExtraction.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/GuidedSectionExtraction.c index 7ef9fbbfc6..c15fa8bc0f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/GuidedSectionExtraction.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/GuidedSectionExtraction.c @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ It wraps Lzma decompress interfaces to GUIDed Section Extraction interfaces
and registers them into GUIDed handler table.
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ Examines a GUIDed section and returns the size of the decoded buffer and the
size of an scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
- Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports,
- then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the required information can not be retrieved from InputSection,
then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports,
then the size required to hold the decoded buffer is returned in OututBufferSize,
the size of an optional scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and the Attributes field
from EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION header of InputSection is returned in SectionAttribute.
-
+
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -98,16 +98,16 @@ LzmaGuidedSectionGetInfo ( /**
Decompress a LZAM compressed GUIDed section into a caller allocated output buffer.
-
- Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
- If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+ Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the data in InputSection can not be decoded, then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then InputSection
is decoded into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the
data in InputSection, then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise,
the decoded data will be placed in caller allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.
-
+
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ LzmaGuidedSectionGetInfo ( @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
- @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
+ @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
@param[out] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function
- as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
- @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
+ as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+ @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer.
See the definition of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI
section of the PI Specification. EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE must
@@ -197,6 +197,6 @@ LzmaDecompressLibConstructor ( &gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid,
LzmaGuidedSectionGetInfo,
LzmaGuidedSectionExtraction
- );
+ );
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LZMA-SDK-README.txt b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LZMA-SDK-README.txt index 7a6a77f952..0824bd75cd 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LZMA-SDK-README.txt +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LZMA-SDK-README.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ LzmaCustomDecompressLib is based on the LZMA SDK 16.04.
LZMA SDK 16.04 was placed in the public domain on
2016-10-04. It was released on the
-http://www.7-zip.org/sdk.html website.
\ No newline at end of file +http://www.7-zip.org/sdk.html website.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompress.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompress.c index cdf4c08cab..501a15d99d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompress.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompress.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
LZMA Decompress interfaces
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -105,15 +105,15 @@ GetDecodedSizeOfBuf( //
/**
- Given a Lzma compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
- the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
+ Given a Lzma compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
+ the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
to decompress the compressed source buffer.
- Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
+ Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
required to decompress the buffer specified by Source and SourceSize.
- The size of the uncompressed buffer is returned in DestinationSize,
+ The size of the uncompressed buffer is returned in DestinationSize,
the size of the scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and RETURN_SUCCESS is returned.
- This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
+ This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
checking of the validity of the source data. It just retrieves the "Original Size"
field from the LZMA_HEADER_SIZE beginning bytes of the source data and output it as DestinationSize.
And ScratchSize is specific to the decompression implementation.
@@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ GetDecodedSizeOfBuf( that will be generated when the compressed buffer specified
by Source and SourceSize is decompressed.
@param ScratchSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the scratch buffer that
- is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
+ is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
by Source and SourceSize.
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
- in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
+ in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
buffer was returned in ScratchSize.
**/
@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo ( Decompresses a Lzma compressed source buffer.
Extracts decompressed data to its original form.
- If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
- into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
+ If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
+ into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
specified by Source is not in a valid compressed data format,
then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
@@ -167,13 +167,13 @@ LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo ( @param SourceSize The size of source buffer.
@param Destination The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
@param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform the decompression.
- This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
+ This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
required scratch buffer size is 0.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
the uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
- The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
(not in a valid compressed format).
**/
RETURN_STATUS
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ LzmaUefiDecompress ( AllocFuncs.Functions.Free = SzFree;
AllocFuncs.Buffer = Scratch;
AllocFuncs.BufferSize = SCRATCH_BUFFER_REQUEST_SIZE;
-
+
DecodedBufSize = (SizeT)GetDecodedSizeOfBuf((UINT8*)Source);
EncodedDataSize = (SizeT) (SourceSize - LZMA_HEADER_SIZE);
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h index 3096e91dbe..ac91d66009 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/LzmaCustomDecompressLib/LzmaDecompressLibInternal.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
LZMA Decompress Library internal header file declares Lzma decompress interfaces.
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -23,15 +23,15 @@ #include <Guid/LzmaDecompress.h>
/**
- Given a Lzma compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
- the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
+ Given a Lzma compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
+ the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
to decompress the compressed source buffer.
- Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
+ Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
required to decompress the buffer specified by Source and SourceSize.
- The size of the uncompressed buffer is returned in DestinationSize,
+ The size of the uncompressed buffer is returned in DestinationSize,
the size of the scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and RETURN_SUCCESS is returned.
- This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
+ This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
checking of the validity of the source data. It just retrieves the "Original Size"
field from the LZMA_HEADER_SIZE beginning bytes of the source data and output it as DestinationSize.
And ScratchSize is specific to the decompression implementation.
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ that will be generated when the compressed buffer specified
by Source and SourceSize is decompressed.
@param ScratchSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the scratch buffer that
- is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
+ is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
by Source and SourceSize.
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
- in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
+ in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
buffer was returned in ScratchSize.
**/
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo ( Decompresses a Lzma compressed source buffer.
Extracts decompressed data to its original form.
- If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
- into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
+ If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
+ into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
specified by Source is not in a valid compressed data format,
then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
@@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ LzmaUefiDecompressGetInfo ( @param SourceSize The size of source buffer.
@param Destination The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
@param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform the decompression.
- This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
+ This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
required scratch buffer size is 0.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
the uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
- The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
(not in a valid compressed format).
**/
RETURN_STATUS
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.c index 0df144fe79..3ccd17254f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Null instance of OEM Hook Status Code Library with empty functions.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -30,20 +30,20 @@ OemHookStatusCodeInitialize ( /**
Report status code to OEM device.
-
+
@param CodeType Indicates the type of status code being reported.
- @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
- This included information about the class and subclass that is used to classify the entity
- as well as an operation. For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
- For error codes, it is the exception. For debug codes, it is not defined at this time.
- @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within the system.
- A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass pairing.
- The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates that instance information is unavailable,
+ @param Value Describes the current status of a hardware or software entity.
+ This included information about the class and subclass that is used to classify the entity
+ as well as an operation. For progress codes, the operation is the current activity.
+ For error codes, it is the exception. For debug codes, it is not defined at this time.
+ @param Instance The enumeration of a hardware or software entity within the system.
+ A system may contain multiple entities that match a class/subclass pairing.
+ The instance differentiates between them. An instance of 0 indicates that instance information is unavailable,
not meaningful, or not relevant. Valid instance numbers start with 1.
- @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
- This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to different callers.
+ @param CallerId This optional parameter may be used to identify the caller.
+ This parameter allows the status code driver to apply different rules to different callers.
@param Data This optional parameter may be used to pass additional data
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Always return EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.inf index 32ed1a41bf..34555761a0 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull/OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# Null instance of OEM Hook Status Code Library with empty functions.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 54D2878F-25CD-4a2b-8420-EBD18E609C76
MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = OemHookStatusCodeLib
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = OemHookStatusCodeLib
#
# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ OemHookStatusCodeLibNull.c
[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
\ No newline at end of file + MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.c index 34f1e17006..fd71239f40 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.c @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ /** @file
- This library registers CRC32 guided section handler
+ This library registers CRC32 guided section handler
to parse CRC32 encapsulation section and extract raw data.
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ typedef struct { /**
GetInfo gets raw data size and attribute of the input guided section.
- It first checks whether the input guid section is supported.
+ It first checks whether the input guid section is supported.
If not, EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER will return.
@param InputSection Buffer containing the input GUIDed section to be processed.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ typedef struct { @param ScratchBufferSize The size of ScratchBuffer.
@param SectionAttribute The attribute of the input guided section.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The size of destination buffer, the size of scratch buffer and
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The size of destination buffer, the size of scratch buffer and
the attribute of the input section are successfully retrieved.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The GUID in InputSection does not match this instance guid.
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Crc32GuidedSectionGetInfo ( Extraction handler tries to extract raw data from the input guided section.
It also does authentication check for 32bit CRC value in the input guided section.
- It first checks whether the input guid section is supported.
+ It first checks whether the input guid section is supported.
If not, EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER will return.
@param InputSection Buffer containing the input GUIDed section to be processed.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Crc32GuidedSectionHandler ( &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION2 *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
//
// Get section Crc32 checksum.
//
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Crc32GuidedSectionHandler ( &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
//
// Get section Crc32 checksum.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.inf index 45fd141f01..c1d6f27992 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib/PeiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractLib.inf @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ ## @file
# Pei Crc32 Guided Section Extract library.
#
-# This library doesn't produce any library class. The constructor function uses
+# This library doesn't produce any library class. The constructor function uses
# ExtractGuidedSectionLib service to register CRC32 guided section handler
# that parses CRC32 encapsulation section and extracts raw data.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDebugPrintHobLib/PeiDebugPrintHobLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDebugPrintHobLib/PeiDebugPrintHobLib.c index 4bcf0030a0..6314842dd0 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDebugPrintHobLib/PeiDebugPrintHobLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDebugPrintHobLib/PeiDebugPrintHobLib.c @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ /**
The constructor reads variable and sets HOB
-
+
@param FileHandle The handle of FFS header the loaded driver.
@param PeiServices The pointer to the PEI services.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ PeiDebugPrintHobLibConstructor ( UINTN Size;
UINT64 GlobalErrorLevel;
UINT32 HobErrorLevel;
-
+
Status = PeiServicesLocatePpi (
&gEfiPeiReadOnlyVariable2PpiGuid,
0,
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ PeiDebugPrintHobLibConstructor ( );
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
Size = sizeof (GlobalErrorLevel);
- Status = Variable->GetVariable (
- Variable,
+ Status = Variable->GetVariable (
+ Variable,
DEBUG_MASK_VARIABLE_NAME,
&gEfiGenericVariableGuid,
NULL,
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDebugPrintHobLib/PeiDebugPrintHobLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDebugPrintHobLib/PeiDebugPrintHobLib.inf index 0380dee01f..aeed739f26 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDebugPrintHobLib/PeiDebugPrintHobLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDebugPrintHobLib/PeiDebugPrintHobLib.inf @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ # HOB that contains the debug mask.
#
# Copyright (c) 2011, Apple, Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# Copyright (c) 2012 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ gEfiGenericVariableGuid
[Depex]
- gEfiPeiReadOnlyVariable2PpiGuid
\ No newline at end of file + gEfiPeiReadOnlyVariable2PpiGuid
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/DebugLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/DebugLib.c index 96c9b30987..6f0f416273 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/DebugLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/DebugLib.c @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ /**
Prints a debug message to the debug output device if the specified error level is enabled.
- If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function
- GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the
+ If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function
+ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the
associated variable argument list to the debug output device.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ @param ErrorLevel The error level of the debug message.
@param Format Format string for the debug message to print.
- @param ... Variable argument list whose contents are accessed
+ @param ... Variable argument list whose contents are accessed
based on the format string specified by Format.
**/
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ DebugPrint ( //
// Compute the total size of the record.
- // Note that the passing-in format string and variable parameters will be constructed to
+ // Note that the passing-in format string and variable parameters will be constructed to
// the following layout:
//
// Buffer->|------------------------|
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ DebugPrint ( if (*Format == '\0') {
//
// Make no output if Format string terminates unexpectedly when
- // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.
+ // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.
//
Format--;
}
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ DebugPrint ( //
break;
}
-
+
//
// Pack variable arguments into the storage area following EFI_DEBUG_INFO.
//
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ DebugPrint ( //
// If the converted BASE_LIST is larger than the 12 * sizeof (UINT64) allocated bytes, then ASSERT()
- // This indicates that the DEBUG() macro is passing in more argument than can be handled by
+ // This indicates that the DEBUG() macro is passing in more argument than can be handled by
// the EFI_DEBUG_INFO record
//
ASSERT ((CHAR8 *)BaseListMarker <= FormatString);
@@ -236,14 +236,14 @@ DebugPrint ( }
/**
- Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.
+ Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.
This may be followed by a breakpoint or a dead loop.
Print a message of the form "ASSERT <FileName>(<LineNumber>): <Description>\n"
- to the debug output device. If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of
- PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if
- DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then
- CpuDeadLoop() is called. If neither of these bits are set, then this function
+ to the debug output device. If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if
+ DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then
+ CpuDeadLoop() is called. If neither of these bits are set, then this function
returns immediately after the message is printed to the debug output device.
DebugAssert() must actively prevent recursion. If DebugAssert() is called while
processing another DebugAssert(), then DebugAssert() must return immediately.
@@ -367,14 +367,14 @@ DebugAssert ( /**
Fills a target buffer with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns the target buffer.
- This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by
+ This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by
PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns Buffer.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param Buffer Pointer to the target buffer to be filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
- @param Length Number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
+ @param Length Number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
@return Buffer Pointer to the target buffer filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ DebugClearMemory ( /**
Returns TRUE if ASSERT() macros are enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -412,10 +412,10 @@ DebugAssertEnabled ( }
-/**
+/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG() macros are enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -432,10 +432,10 @@ DebugPrintEnabled ( }
-/**
+/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CODE() macros are enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -452,10 +452,10 @@ DebugCodeEnabled ( }
-/**
+/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY() macro is enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.inf index 55446672d7..12a063f5b8 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode/PeiDxeDebugLibReportStatusCode.inf @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # Debug Library based on report status code library
#
# Debug Library for PEIMs and DXE drivers that sends debug messages to ReportStatusCode
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ [Packages]
MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
-
+
[LibraryClasses]
PcdLib
ReportStatusCodeLib
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.c index cd1b0e34ef..8a65a2a747 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.c @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ This file implements all APIs in Performance Library class in MdePkg. It creates
performance logging GUIDed HOB on the first performance logging and then logs the
performance data to the GUIDed HOB. Due to the limitation of temporary RAM, the maximum
- number of performance logging entry is specified by PcdMaxPeiPerformanceLogEntries or
+ number of performance logging entry is specified by PcdMaxPeiPerformanceLogEntries or
PcdMaxPeiPerformanceLogEntries16.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.inf index ce49db1c8d..cad3a120a2 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.inf @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -## @file
+## @file
# Performance library instance used in PEI phase.
-#
+#
# This library provides the performance measurement interfaces in PEI phase, it creates
# and consumes GUIDed HOB for performance logging. The GUIDed HOB is passed to DXE phase
-# so that it can be taken over by DxeCorePerformanceLib.
-#
+# so that it can be taken over by DxeCorePerformanceLib.
+#
# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# (C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.uni index 79a50d3505..243c2e53ef 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiPerformanceLib/PeiPerformanceLib.uni @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ // and consumes GUIDed HOB for performance logging. The GUIDed HOB is passed to DXE phase
// so that it can be taken over by DxeCorePerformanceLib.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.c index d77c6e544b..f39a21b711 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.c @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ This library instance is no longer used and module using this library
class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_MODULE_PPI defined
- in PI 1.2 specification.
+ in PI 1.2 specification.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Calling this function causes the system do recovery boot path.
-
+
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Recovery is not supported.
**/
EFI_STATUS
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.inf index 6c565acc40..70c9a88491 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.inf @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -## @file
+## @file
# Null Recovery library instance for PEIM module
# This library instance is no longer used and module using this library
# class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_MODULE_PPI defined
-# in PI 1.2 specification.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# in PI 1.2 specification.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.uni index f02af2f624..14385297f4 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiRecoveryLibNull/PeiRecoveryLibNull.uni @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ // class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_RECOVERY_MODULE_PPI defined
// in PI 1.2 specification.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiReportStatusCodeLib/PeiReportStatusCodeLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiReportStatusCodeLib/PeiReportStatusCodeLib.inf index f66ce80cd5..5b1df7e2bb 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiReportStatusCodeLib/PeiReportStatusCodeLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiReportStatusCodeLib/PeiReportStatusCodeLib.inf @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # code via PEI Status Code Service. If the service is not available, it then tries calling
# OEM Hook Status Code Library.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ MODULE_TYPE = PEIM
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
LIBRARY_CLASS = ReportStatusCodeLib|SEC PEIM PEI_CORE
-
+
#
# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
#
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiResetSystemLib/PeiResetSystemLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiResetSystemLib/PeiResetSystemLib.c index 30225d73a5..d8219775d1 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiResetSystemLib/PeiResetSystemLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiResetSystemLib/PeiResetSystemLib.c @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ /**
This function causes a system-wide reset (cold reset), in which
- all circuitry within the system returns to its initial state. This type of reset
+ all circuitry within the system returns to its initial state. This type of reset
is asynchronous to system operation and operates without regard to
cycle boundaries.
- If this function returns, it means that the system does not support cold reset.
+ If this function returns, it means that the system does not support cold reset.
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ ResetCold ( }
/**
- This function causes a system-wide initialization (warm reset), in which all processors
+ This function causes a system-wide initialization (warm reset), in which all processors
are set to their initial state. Pending cycles are not corrupted.
If this function returns, it means that the system does not support warm reset.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ResetWarm ( }
/**
- This function causes the system to enter a power state equivalent
+ This function causes the system to enter a power state equivalent
to the ACPI G2/S5 or G3 states.
If this function returns, it means that the system does not support shut down reset.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.c index 82882b8706..d0b53917f9 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.c @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ This library instance is no longer used and module using this library
class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_S3_RESUME_PPI defined
- in PI 1.2 specification.
+ in PI 1.2 specification.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
This function is responsible for calling the S3 resume vector in the ACPI Tables.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCESS Success to restore config from S3.
@retval Others Fail to restore config from S3.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.inf index f582054870..f408d7f528 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.inf @@ -2,15 +2,15 @@ # Null S3 library instance for PEIM module.
# This library instance is no longer used and module using this library
# class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_S3_RESUME_PPI defined
-# in PI 1.2 specification.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# in PI 1.2 specification.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.uni index 0814fa7249..5a8a91a12e 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PeiS3LibNull/PeiS3LibNull.uni @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ // class should update to directly locate EFI_PEI_S3_RESUME_PPI defined
// in PI 1.2 specification.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c index 4216a12d18..895fa2062a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ /** @file
Support routines for memory allocation routines based on SMM Core internal functions,
with memory profile support.
-
+
The PI System Management Mode Core Interface Specification only allows the use
- of EfiRuntimeServicesCode and EfiRuntimeServicesData memory types for memory
- allocations as the SMRAM space should be reserved after BDS phase. The functions
- in the Memory Allocation Library use EfiBootServicesData as the default memory
- allocation type. For this SMM specific instance of the Memory Allocation Library,
- EfiRuntimeServicesData is used as the default memory type for all allocations.
- In addition, allocation for the Reserved memory types are not supported and will
+ of EfiRuntimeServicesCode and EfiRuntimeServicesData memory types for memory
+ allocations as the SMRAM space should be reserved after BDS phase. The functions
+ in the Memory Allocation Library use EfiBootServicesData as the default memory
+ allocation type. For this SMM specific instance of the Memory Allocation Library,
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData is used as the default memory type for all allocations.
+ In addition, allocation for the Reserved memory types are not supported and will
always return NULL.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ BufferInSmram ( UINTN Index;
for (Index = 0; Index < mSmmCoreMemoryAllocLibSmramRangeCount; Index ++) {
- if (((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer >= mSmmCoreMemoryAllocLibSmramRanges[Index].CpuStart) &&
+ if (((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer >= mSmmCoreMemoryAllocLibSmramRanges[Index].CpuStart) &&
((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer < (mSmmCoreMemoryAllocLibSmramRanges[Index].CpuStart + mSmmCoreMemoryAllocLibSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize))) {
return TRUE;
}
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ BufferInSmram ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN Pages
)
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
+ EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
if (Pages == 0) {
return NULL;
@@ -194,11 +194,11 @@ AllocateReservedPages ( must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services of the Memory
Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ FreePages ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateAlignedPages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN Pages,
IN UINTN Alignment
)
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( // Alignment must be a power of two or zero.
//
ASSERT ((Alignment & (Alignment - 1)) == 0);
-
+
if (Pages == 0) {
return NULL;
}
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( // Make sure that Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) does not overflow.
//
ASSERT (RealPages > Pages);
-
+
Status = SmmAllocatePages (AllocateAnyPages, MemoryType, RealPages, &Memory);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return NULL;
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ AllocateAlignedPages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ AllocateAlignedRuntimePages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -431,13 +431,13 @@ AllocateAlignedReservedPages ( Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer
must have been allocated on a previous call to the aligned page allocation services of the Memory
- Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
+ Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with an aligned page allocation function in the Memory Allocation
Library, then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ FreeAlignedPages ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize
)
{
@@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ AllocateReservedPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateZeroPool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize
- )
+ )
{
VOID *Memory;
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param PoolType The type of pool to allocate.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@@ -728,10 +728,10 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateCopyPool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize,
IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- )
+ )
{
VOID *Memory;
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ InternalAllocateCopyPool ( Memory = CopyMem (Memory, Buffer, AllocationSize);
}
return Memory;
-}
+}
/**
Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
@@ -752,9 +752,9 @@ InternalAllocateCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -792,9 +792,9 @@ AllocateCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -832,9 +832,9 @@ AllocateRuntimeCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -856,19 +856,19 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( Reallocates a buffer of a specified memory type.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of the type
- specified by PoolType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ specified by PoolType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param PoolType The type of pool to allocate.
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalReallocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN OldSize,
IN UINTN NewSize,
IN VOID *OldBuffer OPTIONAL
@@ -896,18 +896,18 @@ InternalReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -941,10 +941,10 @@ ReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ ReallocatePool ( @param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -986,10 +986,10 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( @param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ ReallocateReservedPool ( Frees the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the
pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free pool
resources, then this function will perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationServices.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationServices.h index a2b89acf5d..3ff0d15e29 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationServices.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationServices.h @@ -2,16 +2,16 @@ Contains function prototypes for Memory Services in the SMM Core.
This header file borrows the PiSmmCore Memory Allocation services as the primitive
- for memory allocation.
+ for memory allocation.
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+ Copyright (c) 2008 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -44,43 +44,43 @@ typedef struct { EFI_SMRAM_DESCRIPTOR *SmramRanges;
///
- /// The SMM Foundation Entry Point. The SMM Core fills in this field when the
- /// SMM Core is initialized. The SMM IPL is responsbile for registering this entry
- /// point with the SMM Configuration Protocol. The SMM Configuration Protocol may
+ /// The SMM Foundation Entry Point. The SMM Core fills in this field when the
+ /// SMM Core is initialized. The SMM IPL is responsbile for registering this entry
+ /// point with the SMM Configuration Protocol. The SMM Configuration Protocol may
/// not be available at the time the SMM IPL and SMM Core are started, so the SMM IPL
- /// sets up a protocol notification on the SMM Configuration Protocol and registers
- /// the SMM Foundation Entry Point as soon as the SMM Configuration Protocol is
+ /// sets up a protocol notification on the SMM Configuration Protocol and registers
+ /// the SMM Foundation Entry Point as soon as the SMM Configuration Protocol is
/// available.
///
EFI_SMM_ENTRY_POINT SmmEntryPoint;
-
+
///
/// Boolean flag set to TRUE while an SMI is being processed by the SMM Core.
- ///
+ ///
BOOLEAN SmmEntryPointRegistered;
///
/// Boolean flag set to TRUE while an SMI is being processed by the SMM Core.
- ///
+ ///
BOOLEAN InSmm;
///
/// This field is set by the SMM Core then the SMM Core is initialized. This field is
/// used by the SMM Base 2 Protocol and SMM Communication Protocol implementations in
- /// the SMM IPL.
+ /// the SMM IPL.
///
EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 *Smst;
///
- /// This field is used by the SMM Communicatioon Protocol to pass a buffer into
+ /// This field is used by the SMM Communicatioon Protocol to pass a buffer into
/// a software SMI handler and for the software SMI handler to pass a buffer back to
- /// the caller of the SMM Communication Protocol.
+ /// the caller of the SMM Communication Protocol.
///
VOID *CommunicationBuffer;
///
/// This field is used by the SMM Communicatioon Protocol to pass the size of a buffer,
- /// in bytes, into a software SMI handler and for the software SMI handler to pass the
+ /// in bytes, into a software SMI handler and for the software SMI handler to pass the
/// size, in bytes, of a buffer back to the caller of the SMM Communication Protocol.
///
UINTN BufferSize;
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileLib.c index ffae2212a8..afebbbd54b 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileLib.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
Support routines for memory profile for PiSmmCore.
- Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileLibNull.c index 6f6c2ebc91..df9f19e721 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileLibNull.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
Null routines for memory profile for PiSmmCore.
- Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileServices.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileServices.h index 29923ea0a2..29f39336c3 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileServices.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreMemoryAllocationLib/PiSmmCoreMemoryProfileServices.h @@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ This header file borrows the PiSmmCore Memory Profile services as the primitive
for memory profile.
- Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreSmmServicesTableLib/PiSmmCoreSmmServicesTableLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreSmmServicesTableLib/PiSmmCoreSmmServicesTableLib.c index 788fafae35..c1ea294433 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreSmmServicesTableLib/PiSmmCoreSmmServicesTableLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PiSmmCoreSmmServicesTableLib/PiSmmCoreSmmServicesTableLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
SMM Core SMM Services Table Library.
- Copyright (c) 2010 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ SmmCoreSmmServicesTableLibConstructor ( }
/**
- This function allows the caller to determine if the driver is executing in
+ This function allows the caller to determine if the driver is executing in
System Management Mode(SMM).
- This function returns TRUE if the driver is executing in SMM and FALSE if the
+ This function returns TRUE if the driver is executing in SMM and FALSE if the
driver is not executing in SMM.
@retval TRUE The driver is executing in System Management Mode (SMM).
- @retval FALSE The driver is not executing in System Management Mode (SMM).
+ @retval FALSE The driver is not executing in System Management Mode (SMM).
**/
BOOLEAN
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PlatformVarCleanupLib/VfrStrings.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PlatformVarCleanupLib/VfrStrings.uni index d30512329f..e36f7a5d7d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/PlatformVarCleanupLib/VfrStrings.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/PlatformVarCleanupLib/VfrStrings.uni @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ///** @file
// String definitions for platform variable cleanup.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ #string STR_SAVE_AND_EXIT #language en-US "Commit Changes and Exit"
#language fr-FR "fr-FR: Commit Changes and Exit"
#string STR_NO_SAVE_AND_EXIT #language en-US "Discard Changes and Exit"
- #language fr-FR "fr-FR: Discard Changes and Exit"
\ No newline at end of file + #language fr-FR "fr-FR: Discard Changes and Exit"
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/ResetUtilityLib/ResetUtility.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/ResetUtilityLib/ResetUtility.c index da5fa7b094..e3de4f117a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/ResetUtilityLib/ResetUtility.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/ResetUtilityLib/ResetUtility.c @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ ResetPlatformSpecificGuid ( /**
This function examines the DataSize and ResetData parameters passed to
to ResetSystem() and detemrines if the ResetData contains a Null-terminated
- Unicode string followed by a GUID specific subtype. If the GUID specific
+ Unicode string followed by a GUID specific subtype. If the GUID specific
subtype is present, then a pointer to the GUID value in ResetData is returned.
@param[in] DataSize The size, in bytes, of ResetData.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ GetResetPlatformSpecificGuid ( }
/**
- This is a helper function that creates the reset data buffer that can be
+ This is a helper function that creates the reset data buffer that can be
passed into ResetSystem().
The reset data buffer is returned in ResetData and contains ResetString
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ BuildResetData ( if (ResetString == NULL) {
ResetString = L""; // Use an empty string.
}
-
+
//
// Calculate the total buffer required for ResetData.
//
@@ -215,6 +215,6 @@ BuildResetData ( if (ExtraDataSize > 0) {
CopyMem (Data, ExtraData, ExtraDataSize);
}
-
+
return RETURN_SUCCESS;
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/ResetUtilityLib/ResetUtilityLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/ResetUtilityLib/ResetUtilityLib.inf index 2a4e53a8a6..4760b1972d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/ResetUtilityLib/ResetUtilityLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/ResetUtilityLib/ResetUtilityLib.inf @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ # are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
INF_VERSION = 0x00010017
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c index e533af3d33..b73103517a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
API implementation for instance of Report Status Code Library.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ InternalGetReportStatusCode ( if (mReportStatusCodeLibStatusCodeProtocol != NULL) {
return;
}
-
+
if (mHaveExitedBootServices) {
return;
}
-
+
//
// Check gBS just in case ReportStatusCode is called before gBS is initialized.
//
@@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ ReportStatusCodeLibExitBootServices ( {
//
// Locate the report status code service before enter runtime.
- //
+ //
InternalGetReportStatusCode ();
-
+
mHaveExitedBootServices = TRUE;
}
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ ReportStatusCodeLibExitBootServices ( @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
@@ -135,12 +135,12 @@ ReportStatusCodeLibConstructor ( //
// Cache the report status code service
- //
+ //
InternalGetReportStatusCode ();
//
// Register notify function for EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE
- //
+ //
Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
TPL_NOTIFY,
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ ReportStatusCodeLibConstructor ( //
// Register notify function for EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES
- //
+ //
Status = gBS->CreateEventEx (
EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
TPL_NOTIFY,
@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ ReportStatusCodeLibConstructor ( /**
The destructor function of Runtime DXE Report Status Code Lib.
-
+
The destructor function frees memory allocated by constructor, and closes related events.
- It will ASSERT() if that related operation fails and it will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
+ It will ASSERT() if that related operation fails and it will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
@param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
**/
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ InternalReportStatusCode ( //
return mReportStatusCodeLibStatusCodeProtocol->ReportStatusCode (Type, Value, Instance, (EFI_GUID *)CallerId, Data);
}
-
+
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ ReportStatusCodeEx ( if (gBS == NULL || gBS->AllocatePool == NULL || gBS->FreePool == NULL) {
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
-
+
//
// Allocate space for the Status Code Header and its buffer
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib.inf index 49d9933b58..9f03e2a1ed 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib/RuntimeDxeReportStatusCodeLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# Report status code library instance which supports logging message in DXE & runtime phase.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ [Sources]
ReportStatusCodeLib.c
-
+
[Packages]
MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLib.inf index 61b9283665..88052f8037 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLib.inf @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ ## @file
# Performance library instance used by SMM Core.
-#
+#
# This library provides the performance measurement interfaces and initializes performance
# logging for the SMM phase.
# It initializes SMM phase performance logging by publishing the SMM Performance and PerformanceEx Protocol,
# which is consumed by SmmPerformanceLib to logging performance data in SMM phase.
# This library is mainly used by SMM Core to start performance logging to ensure that
# SMM Performance and PerformanceEx Protocol are installed at the very beginning of SMM phase.
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLib.uni index c3264fcfb9..09968ab9f8 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLib.uni @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ // This library is mainly used by SMM Core to start performance logging to ensure that
// SMM Performance and PerformanceEx Protocol are installed at the very beginning of SMM phase.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2011 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLibInternal.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLibInternal.h index 76f2498473..2c710bd9c1 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLibInternal.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePerformanceLib/SmmCorePerformanceLibInternal.h @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
-
+
#ifndef _SMM_CORE_PERFORMANCE_LIB_INTERNAL_H_
#define _SMM_CORE_PERFORMANCE_LIB_INTERNAL_H_
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
#include <Library/TimerLib.h>
#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
+#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
#include <Library/SynchronizationLib.h>
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull/SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull/SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull.c index ef38c8fdf5..5381a49c0f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull/SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull/SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Null instance of SmmCorePlatformHookLibNull.
- Copyright (c) 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ /**
Performs platform specific tasks before invoking registered SMI handlers.
-
+
This function performs platform specific tasks before invoking registered SMI handlers.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The platform hook completes successfully.
@retval Other values The paltform hook cannot complete due to some error.
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ PlatformHookBeforeSmmDispatch ( /**
Performs platform specific tasks after invoking registered SMI handlers.
-
+
This function performs platform specific tasks after invoking registered SMI handlers.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The platform hook completes successfully.
@retval Other values The paltform hook cannot complete due to some error.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.c index 9b6f0bedbd..ac8bcd2ff7 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.c @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ UpdateLockBox ( @retval RETURN_SUCCESS the information is restored successfully.
@retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER the Guid is NULL, or one of Buffer and Length is NULL.
- @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
+ @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
LOCK_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_RESTORE_IN_PLACE attribute.
@retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL the Length is too small to hold the confidential information.
@retval RETURN_NOT_FOUND the requested GUID not found.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.inf index f3120ccb42..f9ac74891f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# DXE LockBox library instance.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #
# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
#
[Sources]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.uni index d68c912afe..09f6e59c56 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxDxeLib.uni @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ //
// DXE LockBox library instance.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
// of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
// full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.c index cea1fed682..8a168663c4 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** @file
-Copyright (c) 2010 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ InternalGetSmmLockBoxContext ( @param Length the length of the restored confidential information
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS the information is restored successfully.
- @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
+ @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
LOCK_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_RESTORE_IN_PLACE attribute.
@retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL the Length is too small to hold the confidential information.
@retval RETURN_NOT_FOUND the requested GUID not found.
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ UpdateLockBox ( @retval RETURN_SUCCESS the information is restored successfully.
@retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER the Guid is NULL, or one of Buffer and Length is NULL.
- @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
+ @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
LOCK_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_RESTORE_IN_PLACE attribute.
@retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL the Length is too small to hold the confidential information.
@retval RETURN_NOT_FOUND the requested GUID not found.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.inf index dceff8f0f6..093957ec0a 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# PEI LockBox library instance.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #
# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
#
[Sources]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.uni index 37bb75663c..d3e6a83a76 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxPeiLib.uni @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ //
// PEI LockBox library instance.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
// of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
// full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.c index 32a57b6a76..54a81d6521 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.c @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ SmmLockBoxEndOfS3ResumeNotify ( @param[in] ImageHandle Image handle of this driver.
@param[in] SystemTable A Pointer to the EFI System Table.
- @retval EFI_SUCEESS
+ @retval EFI_SUCEESS
@return Others Some error occurs.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ UpdateLockBox ( @retval RETURN_SUCCESS the information is restored successfully.
@retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER the Guid is NULL, or one of Buffer and Length is NULL.
- @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
+ @retval RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED Buffer and Length are NULL, but the LockBox has no
LOCK_BOX_ATTRIBUTE_RESTORE_IN_PLACE attribute.
@retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL the Length is too small to hold the confidential information.
@retval RETURN_NOT_FOUND the requested GUID not found.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.inf index 426af4cccf..a1715e4c36 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.inf @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #
# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
+# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64
#
[Sources]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.uni index 4e719facbe..45cfd8e3bf 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmLockBoxLib/SmmLockBoxSmmLib.uni @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ //
// SMM LockBox library instance.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
// of the BSD License which accompanies this distribution. The
// full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c index 2a18155e56..a1e6a3a7a1 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ /** @file
- Support routines for memory allocation routines based
+ Support routines for memory allocation routines based
on SMM Services Table services for SMM phase drivers, with memory profile support.
-
+
The PI System Management Mode Core Interface Specification only allows the use
- of EfiRuntimeServicesCode and EfiRuntimeServicesData memory types for memory
- allocations through the SMM Services Table as the SMRAM space should be
+ of EfiRuntimeServicesCode and EfiRuntimeServicesData memory types for memory
+ allocations through the SMM Services Table as the SMRAM space should be
reserved after BDS phase. The functions in the Memory Allocation Library use
- EfiBootServicesData as the default memory allocation type. For this SMM
- specific instance of the Memory Allocation Library, EfiRuntimeServicesData
- is used as the default memory type for all allocations. In addition,
- allocation for the Reserved memory types are not supported and will always
+ EfiBootServicesData as the default memory allocation type. For this SMM
+ specific instance of the Memory Allocation Library, EfiRuntimeServicesData
+ is used as the default memory type for all allocations. In addition,
+ allocation for the Reserved memory types are not supported and will always
return NULL.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ UINTN mSmramRangeCount; /**
The constructor function caches SMRAM ranges that are present in the system.
-
+
It will ASSERT() if SMM Access2 Protocol doesn't exist.
It will ASSERT() if SMRAM ranges can't be got.
- It will ASSERT() if Resource can't be allocated for cache SMRAM range.
+ It will ASSERT() if Resource can't be allocated for cache SMRAM range.
It will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
@param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ SmmMemoryAllocationLibConstructor ( // Locate SMM Access2 Protocol
//
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiSmmAccess2ProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
+ &gEfiSmmAccess2ProtocolGuid,
+ NULL,
(VOID **)&SmmAccess
);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ SmmMemoryAllocationLibConstructor ( }
/**
- If SMM driver exits with an error, it must call this routine
+ If SMM driver exits with an error, it must call this routine
to free the allocated resource before the exiting.
@param[in] ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ BufferInSmram ( UINTN Index;
for (Index = 0; Index < mSmramRangeCount; Index ++) {
- if (((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer >= mSmramRanges[Index].CpuStart) &&
+ if (((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer >= mSmramRanges[Index].CpuStart) &&
((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) Buffer < (mSmramRanges[Index].CpuStart + mSmramRanges[Index].PhysicalSize))) {
return TRUE;
}
@@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ BufferInSmram ( /**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of a certain memory type.
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages of a certain memory type and returns a pointer
- to the allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary. If
- Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
+ Allocates the number of 4KB pages of a certain memory type and returns a pointer
+ to the allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary. If
+ Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param MemoryType The type of memory to allocate.
@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ BufferInSmram ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN Pages
)
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
+ EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
if (Pages == 0) {
return NULL;
@@ -174,9 +174,9 @@ InternalAllocatePages ( /**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData and returns a pointer
- to the allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary. If
- Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
+ Allocates the number of 4KB pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData and returns a pointer
+ to the allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary. If
+ Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
@@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ AllocatePages ( /**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData and returns a
- pointer to the allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary.
- If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining
+ Allocates the number of 4KB pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData and returns a
+ pointer to the allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary.
+ If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining
to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
@@ -244,9 +244,9 @@ AllocateRuntimePages ( /**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages of type EfiReservedMemoryType and returns a
- pointer to the allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary.
- If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining
+ Allocates the number of 4KB pages of type EfiReservedMemoryType and returns a
+ pointer to the allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary.
+ If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining
to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
@@ -267,15 +267,15 @@ AllocateReservedPages ( Frees one or more 4KB pages that were previously allocated with one of the page allocation
functions in the Memory Allocation Library.
- Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer.
- Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services
- of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages,
+ Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer.
+ Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services
+ of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages,
then this function will perform no actions.
-
- If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation
+
+ If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation
Library, then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer The pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -309,16 +309,16 @@ FreePages ( /**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of a certain memory type at a specified alignment.
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of a certain memory type
- with an alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned.
- If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory at the
+ Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of a certain memory type
+ with an alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned.
+ If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory at the
specified alignment remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@param MemoryType The type of memory to allocate.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
- @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation.
+ @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation.
Must be a power of two.
If Alignment is zero, then byte alignment is used.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ FreePages ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateAlignedPages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN Pages,
IN UINTN Alignment
)
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( // Alignment must be a power of two or zero.
//
ASSERT ((Alignment & (Alignment - 1)) == 0);
-
+
if (Pages == 0) {
return NULL;
}
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( // Make sure that Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) does not overflow.
//
ASSERT (RealPages > Pages);
-
+
Status = gSmst->SmmAllocatePages (AllocateAnyPages, MemoryType, RealPages, &Memory);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return NULL;
@@ -396,16 +396,16 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( /**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData at a specified alignment.
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData
- with an alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned.
- If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory at the
+ Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData
+ with an alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned.
+ If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory at the
specified alignment remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
- @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation.
+ @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation.
Must be a power of two.
If Alignment is zero, then byte alignment is used.
@@ -438,16 +438,16 @@ AllocateAlignedPages ( /**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData at a specified alignment.
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData
- with an alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned.
- If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory at the
+ Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of type EfiRuntimeServicesData
+ with an alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned.
+ If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory at the
specified alignment remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
- @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation.
+ @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation.
Must be a power of two.
If Alignment is zero, then byte alignment is used.
@@ -480,16 +480,16 @@ AllocateAlignedRuntimePages ( /**
Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiReservedMemoryType at a specified alignment.
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of type EfiReservedMemoryType
- with an alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned.
- If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory at the
+ Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of type EfiReservedMemoryType
+ with an alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned.
+ If Pages is 0, then NULL is returned. If there is not enough memory at the
specified alignment remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
- @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation.
+ @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation.
Must be a power of two.
If Alignment is zero, then byte alignment is used.
@@ -510,15 +510,15 @@ AllocateAlignedReservedPages ( Frees one or more 4KB pages that were previously allocated with one of the aligned page
allocation functions in the Memory Allocation Library.
- Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by
- Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the aligned page
- allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to
+ Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by
+ Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the aligned page
+ allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to
free allocated pages, then this function will perform no actions.
-
- If Buffer was not allocated with an aligned page allocation function in the
+
+ If Buffer was not allocated with an aligned page allocation function in the
Memory Allocation Library, then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer The pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -552,9 +552,9 @@ FreeAlignedPages ( /**
Allocates a buffer of a certain pool type.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of a certain pool type
- and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a
- valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of a certain pool type
+ and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a
+ valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param MemoryType The type of memory to allocate.
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ FreeAlignedPages ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize
)
{
@@ -582,9 +582,9 @@ InternalAllocatePool ( /**
Allocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData
- and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a
- valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData
+ and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a
+ valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate.
@@ -617,9 +617,9 @@ AllocatePool ( /**
Allocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData
- and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a
- valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData
+ and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a
+ valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate.
@@ -652,9 +652,9 @@ AllocateRuntimePool ( /**
Allocates a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiReservedMemoryType
- and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a
- valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiReservedMemoryType
+ and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a
+ valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to
satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate.
@@ -674,9 +674,9 @@ AllocateReservedPool ( /**
Allocates and zeros a buffer of a certain pool type.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of a certain pool type,
- clears the buffer with zeros, and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer.
- If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of a certain pool type,
+ clears the buffer with zeros, and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer.
+ If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is
not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param PoolType The type of memory to allocate.
@@ -687,9 +687,9 @@ AllocateReservedPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateZeroPool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize
- )
+ )
{
VOID *Memory;
@@ -703,9 +703,9 @@ InternalAllocateZeroPool ( /**
Allocates and zeros a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- clears the buffer with zeros, and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer.
- If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData,
+ clears the buffer with zeros, and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer.
+ If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is
not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@@ -738,9 +738,9 @@ AllocateZeroPool ( /**
Allocates and zeros a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- clears the buffer with zeros, and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer.
- If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData,
+ clears the buffer with zeros, and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer.
+ If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is
not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@@ -773,9 +773,9 @@ AllocateRuntimeZeroPool ( /**
Allocates and zeros a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiReservedMemoryType,
- clears the buffer with zeros, and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer.
- If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiReservedMemoryType,
+ clears the buffer with zeros, and returns a pointer to the allocated buffer.
+ If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is
not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@@ -795,12 +795,12 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( /**
Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer of a certain pool type.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of a certain pool type,
- copies AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns
- a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer
- of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of a certain pool type,
+ copies AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns
+ a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer
+ of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned. If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param PoolType The type of pool to allocate.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@@ -811,10 +811,10 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateCopyPool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize,
IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- )
+ )
{
VOID *Memory;
@@ -826,19 +826,19 @@ InternalAllocateCopyPool ( Memory = CopyMem (Memory, Buffer, AllocationSize);
}
return Memory;
-}
+}
/**
Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- copies AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns
- a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer
- of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData,
+ copies AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns
+ a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer
+ of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -872,14 +872,14 @@ AllocateCopyPool ( /**
Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData,
- copies AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns
- a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer
- of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiRuntimeServicesData,
+ copies AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns
+ a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer
+ of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -913,14 +913,14 @@ AllocateRuntimeCopyPool ( /**
Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiReservedMemoryType,
- copies AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns
- a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer
- of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the
+ Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiReservedMemoryType,
+ copies AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns
+ a pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer
+ of 0 size is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -942,19 +942,19 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( Reallocates a buffer of a specified memory type.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of the type
- specified by PoolType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ specified by PoolType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
- If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize
+
+ If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize
and OldSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param PoolType The type of pool to allocate.
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an
optional parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalReallocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN OldSize,
IN UINTN NewSize,
IN VOID *OldBuffer OPTIONAL
@@ -982,18 +982,18 @@ InternalReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
- If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize
+
+ If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize
and OldSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an
optional parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -1027,18 +1027,18 @@ ReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize
- and NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize
+ and NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
- If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize
+ If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize
and OldSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an
optional parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -1072,18 +1072,18 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize
- and NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize
+ and NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
- If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize
+ If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize
and OldSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an
optional parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -1101,15 +1101,15 @@ ReallocateReservedPool ( }
/**
- Frees a buffer that was previously allocated with one of the pool allocation
+ Frees a buffer that was previously allocated with one of the pool allocation
functions in the Memory Allocation Library.
- Frees the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a
- previous call to the pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library.
- If it is not possible to free pool resources, then this function will perform
+ Frees the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a
+ previous call to the pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library.
+ If it is not possible to free pool resources, then this function will perform
no actions.
-
- If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory
+
+ If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory
Allocation Library, then ASSERT().
@param Buffer The pointer to the buffer to free.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib.inf index 60ec75c30e..0fdb27f20f 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib.inf @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Instance of Memory Allocation Library using SMM Services Table,
# with memory profile support.
#
-# Memory Allocation Library that uses services from the SMM Services Table to
+# Memory Allocation Library that uses services from the SMM Services Table to
# allocate and free memory, with memory profile support.
#
# The implementation of this instance is copied from UefiMemoryAllocationLib
# in MdePkg and updated to support both MemoryAllocationLib and MemoryProfileLib.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ MODULE_TYPE = DXE_SMM_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
PI_SPECIFICATION_VERSION = 0x0001000A
- LIBRARY_CLASS = MemoryAllocationLib|DXE_SMM_DRIVER
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = MemoryAllocationLib|DXE_SMM_DRIVER
CONSTRUCTOR = SmmMemoryAllocationLibConstructor
DESTRUCTOR = SmmMemoryAllocationLibDestructor
LIBRARY_CLASS = MemoryProfileLib|DXE_SMM_DRIVER
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ UefiBootServicesTableLib
[Protocols]
- gEfiSmmAccess2ProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
+ gEfiSmmAccess2ProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
[Guids]
gEdkiiMemoryProfileGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES ## GUID # Locate protocol
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/SmmMemoryProfileLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/SmmMemoryProfileLib.c index 85e7c9c132..6dd14732ca 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/SmmMemoryProfileLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmMemoryAllocationProfileLib/SmmMemoryProfileLib.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
Support routines for memory profile for Smm phase drivers.
- Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.c index 830037befa..120155b98e 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.c @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ to log performance data. If both SMM PerformanceEx and Performance Protocol are not available, it does not log any
performance information.
- Copyright (c) 2011 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ SmmPerformanceLibConstructor ( IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
)
{
-
+
mPerformanceMeasurementEnabled = (BOOLEAN) ((PcdGet8(PcdPerformanceLibraryPropertyMask) & PERFORMANCE_LIBRARY_PROPERTY_MEASUREMENT_ENABLED) != 0);
return EFI_SUCCESS;
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ EndPerformanceMeasurementEx ( UINTN
EFIAPI
GetPerformanceMeasurementEx (
- IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
+ IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
OUT CONST VOID **Handle,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Token,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Module,
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.inf index 174ed3f1e5..9e3109140b 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.inf @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ ## @file
# Performance library instance used in SMM phase.
-#
+#
# This library instance provides infrastructure for SMM drivers to log performance
# data. It consumes SMM PerformanceEx or Performance Protocol published by SmmCorePerformanceLib
# to log performance data. If both SMM PerformanceEx and Performance Protocol are not available,
# it does not log any performance information.
-#
+#
# Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
+#
# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
+#
##
[Defines]
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.uni index 9751183d9b..5db9ffb445 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmPerformanceLib/SmmPerformanceLib.uni @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ // to log performance data. If both SMM PerformanceEx and Performance Protocol are not available,
// it does not log any performance information.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2011 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c index 5394fb9e97..c2fd33e8c1 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/SmmReportStatusCodeLib/ReportStatusCodeLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Report Status Code Library for SMM Phase.
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ InternalReportStatusCode ( return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
}
-
+
//
// A status code service is present in system, so pass in all the parameters to the service.
//
return (*mReportStatusCode) (mStatusCodeProtocol, Type, Value, Instance, (EFI_GUID *)CallerId, Data);
}
-
+
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmBoot.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmBoot.c index 59bd1e4c6c..6a23477eb8 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmBoot.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmBoot.c @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ BmFindBootOptionInVariable ( EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOptions;
UINTN BootOptionCount;
UINTN Index;
-
+
OptionNumber = LoadOptionNumberUnassigned;
//
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ BmAdjustFvFilePath ( break;
}
}
-
+
if (FvHandles != NULL) {
FreePool (FvHandles);
}
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ BmAdjustFvFilePath ( /**
Check if it's a Device Path pointing to FV file.
-
+
The function doesn't garentee the device path points to existing FV file.
@param DevicePath Input device path.
@@ -471,13 +471,13 @@ BmMatchUsbWwid ( }
/**
- Find a USB device which match the specified short-form device path start with
+ Find a USB device which match the specified short-form device path start with
USB Class or USB WWID device path. If ParentDevicePath is NULL, this function
will search in all USB devices of the platform. If ParentDevicePath is not NULL,
this function will only search in its child devices.
@param DevicePath The device path that contains USB Class or USB WWID device path.
- @param ParentDevicePathSize The length of the device path before the USB Class or
+ @param ParentDevicePathSize The length of the device path before the USB Class or
USB WWID device path.
@param UsbIoHandleCount A pointer to the count of the returned USB IO handles.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ BmFindUsbDevice ( UINTN Index;
BOOLEAN Matched;
- ASSERT (UsbIoHandleCount != NULL);
+ ASSERT (UsbIoHandleCount != NULL);
//
// Get all UsbIo Handles.
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ BmExpandFileDevicePath ( UINTN MediaType;
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *NextFullPath;
BOOLEAN GetNext;
-
+
EfiBootManagerConnectAll ();
Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (ByProtocol, &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, NULL, &HandleCount, &Handles);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ BmCachePartitionDevicePath ( {
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
UINTN Count;
-
+
if (BmMatchDevicePaths (*CachedDevicePath, DevicePath)) {
TempDevicePath = *CachedDevicePath;
*CachedDevicePath = BmDelPartMatchInstance (*CachedDevicePath, DevicePath);
@@ -1670,12 +1670,12 @@ BmIsBootManagerMenuFilePath ( /**
Attempt to boot the EFI boot option. This routine sets L"BootCurent" and
also signals the EFI ready to boot event. If the device path for the option
- starts with a BBS device path a legacy boot is attempted via the registered
- gLegacyBoot function. Short form device paths are also supported via this
+ starts with a BBS device path a legacy boot is attempted via the registered
+ gLegacyBoot function. Short form device paths are also supported via this
rountine. A device path starting with MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP, MSG_USB_WWID_DP,
MSG_USB_CLASS_DP gets expaned out to find the first device that matches.
- If the BootOption Device Path fails the removable media boot algorithm
- is attempted (\EFI\BOOTIA32.EFI, \EFI\BOOTX64.EFI,... only one file type
+ If the BootOption Device Path fails the removable media boot algorithm
+ is attempted (\EFI\BOOTIA32.EFI, \EFI\BOOTX64.EFI,... only one file type
is tried per processor type)
@param BootOption Boot Option to try and boot.
@@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ EfiBootManagerBoot ( Status = EfiCreateEventLegacyBootEx(
TPL_NOTIFY,
BmEndOfBdsPerfCode,
- NULL,
+ NULL,
&LegacyBootEvent
);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ EfiBootManagerBoot ( PERF_END_EX (gImageHandle, "BdsAttempt", NULL, 0, (UINT32) OptionNumber);
return;
}
-
+
//
// Provide the image with its load options
//
@@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ BmMatchPartitionDevicePathNode ( 3. Non-BlockIo SimpleFileSystem - The boot option points to a device supporting
SimpleFileSystem Protocol, but not supporting BlockIo
protocol.
- 4. LoadFile - The boot option points to the media supporting
+ 4. LoadFile - The boot option points to the media supporting
LoadFile protocol.
Reference: UEFI Spec chapter 3.3 Boot Option Variables Default Boot Behavior
@@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ EfiBootManagerRefreshAllBootOption ( // Remove invalid EFI boot options from NV
//
for (Index = 0; Index < NvBootOptionCount; Index++) {
- if (((DevicePathType (NvBootOptions[Index].FilePath) != BBS_DEVICE_PATH) ||
+ if (((DevicePathType (NvBootOptions[Index].FilePath) != BBS_DEVICE_PATH) ||
(DevicePathSubType (NvBootOptions[Index].FilePath) != BBS_BBS_DP)
) && BmIsAutoCreateBootOption (&NvBootOptions[Index])
) {
@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ EfiBootManagerGetBootManagerMenu ( UINTN BootOptionCount;
EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *BootOptions;
UINTN Index;
-
+
BootOptions = EfiBootManagerGetLoadOptions (&BootOptionCount, LoadOptionTypeBoot);
for (Index = 0; Index < BootOptionCount; Index++) {
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmBootDescription.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmBootDescription.c index d56c3e7e2c..551df3f7ec 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmBootDescription.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmBootDescription.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Library functions which relate with boot option description.
-Copyright (c) 2011 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ BmGetNetworkDescription ( } else {
Ip = NULL;
}
-
+
//
// Skip the optional DNS node
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmConnect.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmConnect.c index b1c94ad9d9..3831a9658d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmConnect.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmConnect.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Library functions which relate with connecting the device.
-Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectAll ( @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is no resource to create new handles.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Create the handle associate with one device path
node failed.
- @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The user has no permission to start UEFI device
+ @retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The user has no permission to start UEFI device
drivers on the DevicePath.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectDevicePath ( // Connect all drivers that apply to Handle and RemainingDevicePath,
// the Recursive flag is FALSE so only one level will be expanded.
//
- // If ConnectController fails to find a driver, then still give the chance to
+ // If ConnectController fails to find a driver, then still give the chance to
// do dispatch, because partial RemainingDevicePath may be in the new FV
//
// 1. If the connect fail, RemainingDevicepath and handle will not
@@ -197,8 +197,8 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectDevicePath ( }
/**
- This function will disconnect all current system handles.
-
+ This function will disconnect all current system handles.
+
gBS->DisconnectController() is invoked for each handle exists in system handle buffer.
If handle is a bus type handle, all childrens also are disconnected recursively by
gBS->DisconnectController().
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmConsole.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmConsole.c index d85b603d64..2525c8da69 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmConsole.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmConsole.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Library functions which contain all the code to connect console device.
-Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -104,12 +104,12 @@ BmGetVideoController ( }
}
FreePool (RootBridgeHandleBuffer);
-
+
return VideoController;
}
/**
- Query all the children of VideoController and return the device paths of all the
+ Query all the children of VideoController and return the device paths of all the
children that support GraphicsOutput protocol.
@param VideoController PCI handle of video controller.
@@ -238,14 +238,14 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectVideoController ( )
{
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *Gop;
-
+
if (VideoController == NULL) {
//
// Get the platform vga device
//
VideoController = BmGetVideoController ();
}
-
+
if (VideoController == NULL) {
return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
}
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectVideoController ( //
// Try to connect the PCI device path, so that GOP driver could start on this
// device and create child handles with GraphicsOutput Protocol installed
- // on them, then we get device paths of these child handles and select
+ // on them, then we get device paths of these child handles and select
// them as possible console device.
//
gBS->ConnectController (VideoController, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
@@ -276,20 +276,20 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectVideoController ( Fill console handle in System Table if there are no valid console handle in.
Firstly, check the validation of console handle in System Table. If it is invalid,
- update it by the first console device handle from EFI console variable.
+ update it by the first console device handle from EFI console variable.
@param VarName The name of the EFI console variable.
@param ConsoleGuid Specified Console protocol GUID.
- @param ConsoleHandle On IN, console handle in System Table to be checked.
+ @param ConsoleHandle On IN, console handle in System Table to be checked.
On OUT, new console handle in system table.
- @param ProtocolInterface On IN, console protocol on console handle in System Table to be checked.
+ @param ProtocolInterface On IN, console protocol on console handle in System Table to be checked.
On OUT, new console protocol on new console handle in system table.
@retval TRUE System Table has been updated.
@retval FALSE System Table hasn't been updated.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
BmUpdateSystemTableConsole (
IN CHAR16 *VarName,
IN EFI_GUID *ConsoleGuid,
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ BmUpdateSystemTableConsole ( return FALSE;
}
}
-
+
//
// Get all possible consoles device path from EFI variable
//
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ BmUpdateSystemTableConsole ( FreePool (FullDevicePath);
return FALSE;
}
-
+
//
// Find console device handle by device path instance
//
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectConsoleVariable ( FreePool (StartDevicePath);
return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
}
-
+
Next = Instance;
while (!IsDevicePathEndType (Next)) {
Next = NextDevicePathNode (Next);
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectConsoleVariable ( SetDevicePathEndNode (Next);
//
// Connect the USB console
- // USB console device path is a short-form device path that
+ // USB console device path is a short-form device path that
// starts with the first element being a USB WWID
// or a USB Class device path
//
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectConsoleVariable ( for (Next = Instance; !IsDevicePathEnd (Next); Next = NextDevicePathNode (Next)) {
if (DevicePathType (Next) == ACPI_DEVICE_PATH && DevicePathSubType (Next) == ACPI_ADR_DP) {
break;
- } else if (DevicePathType (Next) == HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH &&
+ } else if (DevicePathType (Next) == HARDWARE_DEVICE_PATH &&
DevicePathSubType (Next) == HW_CONTROLLER_DP &&
DevicePathType (NextDevicePathNode (Next)) == ACPI_DEVICE_PATH &&
DevicePathSubType (NextDevicePathNode (Next)) == ACPI_ADR_DP
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ EfiBootManagerConnectAllDefaultConsoles ( }
PERF_EVENT ("ConOutReady");
-
+
Status = EfiBootManagerConnectConsoleVariable (ConIn);
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
OneConnected = TRUE;
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmDriverHealth.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmDriverHealth.c index db2f859ae7..ecd01bbb81 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmDriverHealth.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmDriverHealth.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Library functions which relates with driver health.
-Copyright (c) 2011 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ BmGetControllerName ( Status = ComponentName->GetControllerName (
ComponentName,
- ControllerHandle,
+ ControllerHandle,
ChildHandle,
BestLanguage,
&ControllerName
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ BmDisplayMessages ( ControllerName = BmGetControllerName (
DriverHealthInfo->DriverHealthHandle,
- DriverHealthInfo->ControllerHandle,
+ DriverHealthInfo->ControllerHandle,
DriverHealthInfo->ChildHandle
);
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ BmRepairNotify ( /**
Collect the Driver Health status of a single controller.
-
+
@param DriverHealthInfo A pointer to the array containing all of the platform driver health information.
@param Count Return the updated array count.
@param DriverHealthHandle The handle on which the Driver Health protocol instance is retrieved.
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ BmGetSingleControllerHealthStatus ( (VOID **) &DriverHealth
);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
+
if (ControllerHandle == NULL) {
//
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ BmRepairAllControllers ( if (DriverHealthInfo[Index].HealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusConfigurationRequired) {
ConfigurationRequired = TRUE;
}
-
+
if (DriverHealthInfo[Index].HealthStatus == EfiDriverHealthStatusRepairRequired) {
RepairRequired = TRUE;
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ BmRepairAllControllers ( FreePool (HiiHandles);
}
}
-
+
EfiBootManagerFreeDriverHealthInfo (DriverHealthInfo, Count);
RepairCount++;
} while ((RepairRequired || ConfigurationRequired) && ((MaxRepairCount == 0) || (RepairCount < MaxRepairCount)));
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmHotkey.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmHotkey.c index d18ce02eb3..f799117c93 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmHotkey.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmHotkey.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Hotkey library functions.
-Copyright (c) 2011 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ BmIsKeyOptionVariable ( {
UINTN Index;
UINTN Uint;
-
+
if (!CompareGuid (Guid, &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid) ||
(StrSize (Name) != sizeof (L"Key####")) ||
(StrnCmp (Name, L"Key", 3) != 0)
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ BmHotkeyCallback ( HotkeyData = &Hotkey->KeyData[Hotkey->WaitingKey];
if ((KeyData->Key.ScanCode == HotkeyData->Key.ScanCode) &&
(KeyData->Key.UnicodeChar == HotkeyData->Key.UnicodeChar) &&
- (((KeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState & EFI_SHIFT_STATE_VALID) != 0) ?
+ (((KeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState & EFI_SHIFT_STATE_VALID) != 0) ?
(KeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState == HotkeyData->KeyState.KeyShiftState) : TRUE
)
) {
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ EfiBootManagerRegisterContinueKeyOption ( EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_KEY_OPTION KeyOption;
VA_LIST Args;
-
+
if (mBmContinueKeyOption != NULL) {
return EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
}
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ EfiBootManagerRegisterContinueKeyOption ( /**
Stop the hotkey processing.
-
+
@param Event Event pointer related to hotkey service.
@param Context Context pass to this function.
**/
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ BmStopHotkeyService ( /**
Start the hot key service so that the key press can trigger the boot option.
- @param HotkeyTriggered Return the waitable event and it will be signaled
+ @param HotkeyTriggered Return the waitable event and it will be signaled
when a valid hot key is pressed.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The hot key service is started.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmLoadOption.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmLoadOption.c index f88f8e0245..ff0c65a2ef 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmLoadOption.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmLoadOption.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Load option library functions which relate with creating and processing load options.
-Copyright (c) 2011 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015-2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ BmGetFreeOptionNumber ( OUT UINT16 *FreeOptionNumber
)
{
-
+
UINTN OptionNumber;
UINTN Index;
UINT16 *OptionOrder;
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ BmGetFreeOptionNumber ( UINT16 *BootNext;
ASSERT (FreeOptionNumber != NULL);
- ASSERT (LoadOptionType == LoadOptionTypeDriver ||
+ ASSERT (LoadOptionType == LoadOptionTypeDriver ||
LoadOptionType == LoadOptionTypeBoot ||
LoadOptionType == LoadOptionTypeSysPrep);
@@ -110,9 +110,9 @@ BmGetFreeOptionNumber ( GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"BootNext", (VOID**) &BootNext, NULL);
}
- for (OptionNumber = 0;
+ for (OptionNumber = 0;
OptionNumber < OptionOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16)
- + ((BootNext != NULL) ? 1 : 0);
+ + ((BootNext != NULL) ? 1 : 0);
OptionNumber++
) {
//
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ BmGetFreeOptionNumber ( }
//
- // We didn't find it in the ****Order array and it doesn't equal to BootNext
+ // We didn't find it in the ****Order array and it doesn't equal to BootNext
// Otherwise, OptionNumber equals to OptionOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16) + 1
//
- if ((Index == OptionOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16)) &&
+ if ((Index == OptionOrderSize / sizeof (UINT16)) &&
((BootNext == NULL) || (OptionNumber != *BootNext))
) {
break;
@@ -203,12 +203,12 @@ EfiBootManagerLoadOptionToVariable ( EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL FilePathList[];
UINT8 OptionalData[];
TODO: FilePathList[] IS:
-A packed array of UEFI device paths. The first element of the
-array is a device path that describes the device and location of the
-Image for this load option. The FilePathList[0] is specific
-to the device type. Other device paths may optionally exist in the
-FilePathList, but their usage is OSV specific. Each element
-in the array is variable length, and ends at the device path end
+A packed array of UEFI device paths. The first element of the
+array is a device path that describes the device and location of the
+Image for this load option. The FilePathList[0] is specific
+to the device type. Other device paths may optionally exist in the
+FilePathList, but their usage is OSV specific. Each element
+in the array is variable length, and ends at the device path end
structure.
*/
VariableSize = sizeof (Option->Attributes)
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ EfiBootManagerAddLoadOptionVariable ( return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
- if (Option->OptionType != LoadOptionTypeDriver &&
+ if (Option->OptionType != LoadOptionTypeDriver &&
Option->OptionType != LoadOptionTypeSysPrep &&
Option->OptionType != LoadOptionTypeBoot
) {
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ EfiBootManagerAddLoadOptionVariable ( }
/**
- Sort the load option. The DriverOrder or BootOrder will be re-created to
+ Sort the load option. The DriverOrder or BootOrder will be re-created to
reflect the new order.
@param OptionType Load option type
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ EfiBootManagerInitializeLoadOption ( /**
Return the index of the load option in the load option array.
- The function consider two load options are equal when the
+ The function consider two load options are equal when the
OptionType, Attributes, Description, FilePath and OptionalData are equal.
@param Key Pointer to the load option to be found.
@@ -618,15 +618,15 @@ EfiBootManagerDeleteLoadOptionVariable ( /**
Returns the size of a device path in bytes.
- This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure
- specified by DevicePath including the end of device path node. If DevicePath
+ This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure
+ specified by DevicePath including the end of device path node. If DevicePath
is NULL, then 0 is returned. If the length of the device path is bigger than
MaxSize, also return 0 to indicate this is an invalidate device path.
@param DevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
- @param MaxSize Max valid device path size. If big than this size,
+ @param MaxSize Max valid device path size. If big than this size,
return error.
-
+
@retval 0 An invalid device path.
@retval Others The size of a device path in bytes.
@@ -668,12 +668,12 @@ BmGetDevicePathSizeEx ( }
/**
- Returns the length of a Null-terminated Unicode string. If the length is
- bigger than MaxStringLen, return length 0 to indicate that this is an
+ Returns the length of a Null-terminated Unicode string. If the length is
+ bigger than MaxStringLen, return length 0 to indicate that this is an
invalidate string.
This function returns the number of Unicode characters in the Null-terminated
- Unicode string specified by String.
+ Unicode string specified by String.
If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ BmStrSizeEx ( @retval FALSE The variable data is corrupted.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
BmValidateOption (
UINT8 *Variable,
UINTN VariableSize
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ EFIAPI EfiBootManagerVariableToLoadOptionEx (
IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
- IN OUT EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *Option
+ IN OUT EFI_BOOT_MANAGER_LOAD_OPTION *Option
)
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ BmCollectLoadOptions ( /**
Returns an array of load options based on the EFI variable
L"BootOrder"/L"DriverOrder" and the L"Boot####"/L"Driver####" variables impled by it.
- #### is the hex value of the UINT16 in each BootOrder/DriverOrder entry.
+ #### is the hex value of the UINT16 in each BootOrder/DriverOrder entry.
@param LoadOptionCount Returns number of entries in the array.
@param LoadOptionType The type of the load option.
@@ -1122,8 +1122,8 @@ EfiBootManagerGetLoadOptions ( @param LoadOption Pointer to boot option to Free.
- @return EFI_SUCCESS BootOption was freed
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND BootOption == NULL
+ @return EFI_SUCCESS BootOption was freed
+ @return EFI_NOT_FOUND BootOption == NULL
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -1150,14 +1150,14 @@ EfiBootManagerFreeLoadOption ( }
/**
- Free an EFI_BOOT_MANGER_LOAD_OPTION array that was allocated by
+ Free an EFI_BOOT_MANGER_LOAD_OPTION array that was allocated by
EfiBootManagerGetLoadOptions().
@param Option Pointer to boot option array to free.
@param OptionCount Number of array entries in BootOption
- @return EFI_SUCCESS BootOption was freed
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND BootOption == NULL
+ @return EFI_SUCCESS BootOption was freed
+ @return EFI_NOT_FOUND BootOption == NULL
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ BmIsLoadOptionPeHeaderValid ( // Check PE32 or PE32+ magic, and machine type
//
OptionalHeader = (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER32 *) &PeHeader->Pe32.OptionalHeader;
- if ((OptionalHeader->Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC ||
+ if ((OptionalHeader->Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC ||
OptionalHeader->Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC) &&
EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_TYPE_SUPPORTED (PeHeader->Pe32.FileHeader.Machine)
) {
@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ BmGetNextLoadOptionBuffer ( @param LoadOption Pointer to the load option.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The load option type is invalid,
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The load option type is invalid,
or the load option file path doesn't point to a valid file.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The load option type is of LoadOptionTypeBoot.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The load option is inactive, or successfully loaded and executed.
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmMisc.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmMisc.c index 81d3659400..89ce40a285 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmMisc.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/BmMisc.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Misc library functions.
-Copyright (c) 2011 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ BmMatchDevicePaths ( }
/**
- This routine adjust the memory information for different memory type and
+ This routine adjust the memory information for different memory type and
save them into the variables for next boot. It resets the system when
memory information is updated and the current boot option belongs to
boot category instead of application category. It doesn't count the
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ BmSetMemoryTypeInformationVariable ( }
//
- // Only check the the Memory Type Information variable in the boot mode
+ // Only check the the Memory Type Information variable in the boot mode
// other than BOOT_WITH_DEFAULT_SETTINGS because the Memory Type
// Information is not valid in this boot mode.
//
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ BmSetMemoryTypeInformationVariable ( Status = gRT->GetVariable (
EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION_VARIABLE_NAME,
&gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid,
- NULL,
- &VariableSize,
+ NULL,
+ &VariableSize,
NULL
);
if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
@@ -304,14 +304,14 @@ BmSetMemoryTypeInformationVariable ( then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
@param VendorGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
@param Attributes Attributes bitmask to set for the variable.
- @param DataSize The size in bytes of the Data buffer. Unless the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE,
+ @param DataSize The size in bytes of the Data buffer. Unless the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE,
or EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS attribute is set, a size of zero
- causes the variable to be deleted. When the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attribute is
- set, then a SetVariable() call with a DataSize of zero will not cause any change to
- the variable value (the timestamp associated with the variable may be updated however
- even if no new data value is provided,see the description of the
- EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor below. In this case the DataSize will not
- be zero since the EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor will be populated).
+ causes the variable to be deleted. When the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attribute is
+ set, then a SetVariable() call with a DataSize of zero will not cause any change to
+ the variable value (the timestamp associated with the variable may be updated however
+ even if no new data value is provided,see the description of the
+ EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor below. In this case the DataSize will not
+ be zero since the EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor will be populated).
@param Data The contents for the variable.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware has successfully stored the variable and its data as
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/InternalBm.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/InternalBm.h index 21ecd8584d..978fbff966 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/InternalBm.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/InternalBm.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
BDS library definition, include the file and data structure
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2004 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ BmGetFreeOptionNumber ( );
/**
- This routine adjust the memory information for different memory type and
+ This routine adjust the memory information for different memory type and
save them into the variables for next boot. It resets the system when
memory information is updated and the current boot option belongs to
boot category instead of application category. It doesn't count the
@@ -245,9 +245,9 @@ BmConnectUsbShortFormDevicePath ( /**
Stop the hotkey processing.
-
- @param Event Event pointer related to hotkey service.
- @param Context Context pass to this function.
+
+ @param Event Event pointer related to hotkey service.
+ @param Context Context pass to this function.
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -265,14 +265,14 @@ BmStopHotkeyService ( then EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
@param VendorGuid A unique identifier for the vendor.
@param Attributes Attributes bitmask to set for the variable.
- @param DataSize The size in bytes of the Data buffer. Unless the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE,
+ @param DataSize The size in bytes of the Data buffer. Unless the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE,
or EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS attribute is set, a size of zero
- causes the variable to be deleted. When the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attribute is
- set, then a SetVariable() call with a DataSize of zero will not cause any change to
- the variable value (the timestamp associated with the variable may be updated however
- even if no new data value is provided,see the description of the
- EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor below. In this case the DataSize will not
- be zero since the EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor will be populated).
+ causes the variable to be deleted. When the EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attribute is
+ set, then a SetVariable() call with a DataSize of zero will not cause any change to
+ the variable value (the timestamp associated with the variable may be updated however
+ even if no new data value is provided,see the description of the
+ EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor below. In this case the DataSize will not
+ be zero since the EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATION_2 descriptor will be populated).
@param Data The contents for the variable.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The firmware has successfully stored the variable and its data as
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/UefiBootManagerLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/UefiBootManagerLib.inf index 8d5b89ea29..72c5ca1cd5 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/UefiBootManagerLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiBootManagerLib/UefiBootManagerLib.inf @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 8D4752BC-595E-49a2-B4AF-F3F57B601DE9
MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = UefiBootManagerLib|DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = UefiBootManagerLib|DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
#
# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ BmHotkey.c
BmDriverHealth.c
InternalBm.h
-
+
[Packages]
MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiLanguage.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiLanguage.c index f4ef36cec2..aca0606f0b 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiLanguage.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiLanguage.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Language related HII Library implementation.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ #include "InternalHiiLib.h"
/**
- Retrieves a pointer to the a Null-terminated ASCII string containing the list
- of languages that an HII handle in the HII Database supports. The returned
+ Retrieves a pointer to the a Null-terminated ASCII string containing the list
+ of languages that an HII handle in the HII Database supports. The returned
string is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible for freeing
the returned string using FreePool(). The format of the returned string follows
the language format assumed the HII Database.
-
+
If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the HII Database.
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ HiiGetSupportedLanguages ( Status = gHiiString->GetLanguages (gHiiString, HiiHandle, &TempSupportedLanguages, &LanguageSize);
//
- // If GetLanguages() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
- // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetLanguages()
+ // If GetLanguages() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
+ // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetLanguages()
// returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then HiiHandle is not present
// in the HII Database
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiLib.c index f9b8c3df27..3f43c7c8e6 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiLib.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
HII Library implementation that uses DXE protocols and services.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST CHAR16 mConfigHdrTemplate[] = L"GUID=0000000 EFI_FORM_BROWSER2_PROTOCOL *mUefiFormBrowser2 = NULL;
//
-// Template used to mark the end of a list of packages
+// Template used to mark the end of a list of packages
//
GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER mEndOfPakageList = {
sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER),
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ InternalHiiExtractGuidFromHiiHandle ( Status = gHiiDatabase->ExportPackageLists (gHiiDatabase, Handle, &BufferSize, HiiPackageList);
ASSERT (Status != EFI_NOT_FOUND);
-
+
if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
HiiPackageList = AllocatePool (BufferSize);
ASSERT (HiiPackageList != NULL);
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ InternalHiiExtractGuidFromHiiHandle ( If an empty list of packages is passed in, then NULL is returned. If the size of
the list of package is 0, then NULL is returned.
- The variable arguments are pointers which point to package header that defined
+ The variable arguments are pointers which point to package header that defined
by UEFI VFR compiler and StringGather tool.
#pragma pack (push, 1)
@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ InternalHiiExtractGuidFromHiiHandle ( EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER PackageHeader;
} EDKII_AUTOGEN_PACKAGES_HEADER;
#pragma pack (pop)
-
+
@param[in] PackageListGuid The GUID of the package list.
- @param[in] DeviceHandle If not NULL, the Device Handle on which
+ @param[in] DeviceHandle If not NULL, the Device Handle on which
an instance of DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL is installed.
- This Device Handle uniquely defines the device that
+ This Device Handle uniquely defines the device that
the added packages are associated with.
- @param[in] ... The variable argument list that contains pointers
+ @param[in] ... The variable argument list that contains pointers
to packages terminated by a NULL.
@retval NULL A HII Handle has already been registered in the HII Database with
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ HiiAddPackages ( VA_END (Args);
//
- // If there are no packages in the variable argument list or all the packages
+ // If there are no packages in the variable argument list or all the packages
// are empty, then return a NULL HII Handle
//
if (Length == 0) {
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ HiiAddPackages ( }
//
- // Add the length of the Package List Header and the terminating Package Header
+ // Add the length of the Package List Header and the terminating Package Header
//
Length += sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER) + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
@@ -222,9 +222,9 @@ HiiAddPackages ( // Register the package list with the HII Database
//
Status = gHiiDatabase->NewPackageList (
- gHiiDatabase,
- PackageListHeader,
- DeviceHandle,
+ gHiiDatabase,
+ PackageListHeader,
+ DeviceHandle,
&HiiHandle
);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
@@ -272,12 +272,12 @@ HiiRemovePackages ( This function allocates the returned array using AllocatePool().
The caller is responsible for freeing the array with FreePool().
- @param[in] PackageListGuid An optional parameter that is used to request
+ @param[in] PackageListGuid An optional parameter that is used to request
HII Handles associated with a specific
Package List GUID. If this parameter is NULL,
then all the HII Handles in the HII Database
are returned. If this parameter is not NULL,
- then zero or more HII Handles associated with
+ then zero or more HII Handles associated with
PackageListGuid are returned.
@retval NULL No HII handles were found in the HII database
@@ -312,14 +312,14 @@ HiiGetHiiHandles ( );
//
- // If ListPackageLists() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
- // then there are no HII handles in the HII database. If ListPackageLists()
- // returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then there are no HII
+ // If ListPackageLists() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
+ // then there are no HII handles in the HII database. If ListPackageLists()
+ // returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then there are no HII
// handles in the HII database.
//
if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
//
- // Return NULL if the size can not be retrieved, or if there are no HII
+ // Return NULL if the size can not be retrieved, or if there are no HII
// handles in the HII Database
//
return NULL;
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ HiiGetHiiHandles ( Status = InternalHiiExtractGuidFromHiiHandle (HiiHandleBuffer[Index1], &Guid);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
if (CompareGuid (&Guid, PackageListGuid)) {
- HiiHandleBuffer[Index2++] = HiiHandleBuffer[Index1];
+ HiiHandleBuffer[Index2++] = HiiHandleBuffer[Index1];
}
}
if (Index2 > 0) {
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ HiiGetHiiHandles ( /**
This function allows a caller to extract the form set opcode form the Hii Handle.
- The returned buffer is allocated using AllocatePool().The caller is responsible
+ The returned buffer is allocated using AllocatePool().The caller is responsible
for freeing the allocated buffer using FreePool().
@param Handle The HII handle.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ Done: }
/**
- Converts all hex dtring characters in range ['A'..'F'] to ['a'..'f'] for
+ Converts all hex dtring characters in range ['A'..'F'] to ['a'..'f'] for
hex digits that appear between a '=' and a '&' in a config string.
If ConfigString is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ InternalHiiLowerConfigString ( }
/**
- Uses the BlockToConfig() service of the Config Routing Protocol to
+ Uses the BlockToConfig() service of the Config Routing Protocol to
convert <ConfigRequest> and a buffer to a <ConfigResp>
If ConfigRequest is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -588,14 +588,14 @@ InternalHiiBlockToConfig ( }
/**
- Uses the BrowserCallback() service of the Form Browser Protocol to retrieve
- or set uncommitted data. If sata i being retrieved, then the buffer is
- allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is then responsible for freeing
+ Uses the BrowserCallback() service of the Form Browser Protocol to retrieve
+ or set uncommitted data. If sata i being retrieved, then the buffer is
+ allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is then responsible for freeing
the buffer using FreePool().
- @param[in] VariableGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID structure. This is an optional
+ @param[in] VariableGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID structure. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
- @param[in] VariableName Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string. This
+ @param[in] VariableName Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string. This
is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
@param[in] SetResultsData If not NULL, then this parameter specified the buffer
of uncommited data to set. If this parameter is NULL,
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ InternalHiiBrowserCallback ( VariableGuid,
VariableName
);
-
+
if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
//
// No Resluts Data, only allocate one char for '\0'
@@ -689,23 +689,23 @@ InternalHiiBrowserCallback ( }
/**
- Allocates and returns a Null-terminated Unicode <ConfigHdr> string using routing
+ Allocates and returns a Null-terminated Unicode <ConfigHdr> string using routing
information that includes a GUID, an optional Unicode string name, and a device
- path. The string returned is allocated with AllocatePool(). The caller is
+ path. The string returned is allocated with AllocatePool(). The caller is
responsible for freeing the allocated string with FreePool().
-
+
The format of a <ConfigHdr> is as follows:
GUID=<HexCh>32&NAME=<Char>NameLength&PATH=<HexChar>DevicePathSize<Null>
@param[in] Guid Pointer to an EFI_GUID that is the routing information
- GUID. Each of the 16 bytes in Guid is converted to
+ GUID. Each of the 16 bytes in Guid is converted to
a 2 Unicode character hexadecimal string. This is
an optional parameter that may be NULL.
- @param[in] Name Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string that is
- the routing information NAME. This is an optional
- parameter that may be NULL. Each 16-bit Unicode
- character in Name is converted to a 4 character Unicode
+ @param[in] Name Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string that is
+ the routing information NAME. This is an optional
+ parameter that may be NULL. Each 16-bit Unicode
+ character in Name is converted to a 4 character Unicode
hexadecimal string.
@param[in] DriverHandle The driver handle which supports a Device Path Protocol
that is the routing information PATH. Each byte of
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ HiiConstructConfigHdr ( UINTN MaxLen;
//
- // Compute the length of Name in Unicode characters.
+ // Compute the length of Name in Unicode characters.
// If Name is NULL, then the length is 0.
//
NameLength = 0;
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ HiiConstructConfigHdr ( String += StrnLenS (String, MaxLen - ((UINTN)String - (UINTN)ReturnString) / sizeof (CHAR16));
}
}
-
+
//
// Append L"&NAME="
//
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ HiiConstructConfigHdr ( }
/**
- Convert the hex UNICODE encoding string of UEFI GUID, NAME or device path
+ Convert the hex UNICODE encoding string of UEFI GUID, NAME or device path
to binary buffer from <ConfigHdr>.
This is a internal function.
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ InternalHiiGetBufferFromString ( if (String == NULL || Buffer == NULL) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
-
+
DataBuffer = NULL;
StringPtr = NULL;
ConfigHdr = String;
@@ -913,14 +913,14 @@ InternalHiiGetBufferFromString ( DataBuffer [Index/2] = (UINT8) ((DataBuffer [Index/2] << 4) + DigitUint8);
}
}
-
+
*Buffer = DataBuffer;
break;
case NAME_CONFIG_STRING_TYPE:
//
// Convert Config String to Unicode String, e.g. "0041004200430044" => "ABCD"
- //
+ //
//
// Add the tailling char L'\0'
@@ -956,10 +956,10 @@ InternalHiiGetBufferFromString ( /**
This function checks VarOffset and VarWidth is in the block range.
- @param BlockArray The block array is to be checked.
+ @param BlockArray The block array is to be checked.
@param VarOffset Offset of var to the structure
@param VarWidth Width of var.
-
+
@retval TRUE This Var is in the block range.
@retval FALSE This Var is not in the block range.
**/
@@ -972,14 +972,14 @@ BlockArrayCheck ( {
LIST_ENTRY *Link;
IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
-
+
//
// No Request Block array, all vars are got.
//
if (BlockArray == NULL) {
return TRUE;
}
-
+
//
// Check the input var is in the request block range.
//
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ InternalHiiGetValueOfNumber ( StringPtr++;
}
Length = StringPtr - ValueString;
-
+
//
// Allocate buffer to store the value
//
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ InternalHiiGetValueOfNumber ( if (Buf == NULL) {
return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
}
-
+
//
// Convert character one by one to the value buffer
//
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ InternalHiiGetValueOfNumber ( Buf [Index/2] = (UINT8) ((DigitUint8 << 4) + Buf [Index/2]);
}
}
-
+
//
// Set the converted value and string length.
//
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ InternalHiiGetValueOfNumber ( @param ConfigElement ConfigResp string contains the current setting.
@param VarName The variable name which need to get value.
@param VarValue The return value.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the value for the VarName
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory is not enough.
**/
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ GetValueFromRequest ( @param RequestElement The config string for this storage.
@param HiiHandle The HiiHandle for this formset.
@param NameValueType Whether current storage is name/value varstore or not.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The current setting is valid.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory is not enough.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The config string or the Hii package is invalid.
@@ -1279,8 +1279,8 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) IfrOpHdr;
//
- // If the length is small than the structure, this is from old efi
- // varstore definition. Old efi varstore get config directly from
+ // If the length is small than the structure, this is from old efi
+ // varstore definition. Old efi varstore get config directly from
// GetVariable function.
//
if (IfrOpHdr->Length < sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI)) {
@@ -1327,12 +1327,12 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( //
//
- // OneOf question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
+ // OneOf question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
//
if (VarStoreData.VarStoreId == 0) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
- //
+ //
// Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
//
IfrOneOf = (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *) IfrOpHdr;
@@ -1382,11 +1382,11 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( break;
}
//
- // Check this var question is in the var storage
+ // Check this var question is in the var storage
//
if ((Offset + Width) > VarStoreData.Size) {
//
- // This question exceeds the var store size.
+ // This question exceeds the var store size.
//
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( //
//
- // Numeric question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
+ // Numeric question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
//
if (VarStoreData.VarStoreId == 0) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( //
break;
}
-
+
Status = GetValueFromRequest (RequestElement, QuestionName, &VarValue);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return Status;
@@ -1474,11 +1474,11 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( break;
}
//
- // Check this var question is in the var storage
+ // Check this var question is in the var storage
//
if ((Offset + Width) > VarStoreData.Size) {
//
- // This question exceeds the var store size.
+ // This question exceeds the var store size.
//
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( //
//
- // CheckBox question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
+ // CheckBox question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
//
if (VarStoreData.VarStoreId == 0) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( //
break;
}
-
+
Status = GetValueFromRequest (RequestElement, QuestionName, &VarValue);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return Status;
@@ -1654,11 +1654,11 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( break;
}
//
- // Check this var question is in the var storage
+ // Check this var question is in the var storage
//
if ((Offset + Width) > VarStoreData.Size) {
//
- // This question exceeds the var store size.
+ // This question exceeds the var store size.
//
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( //
//
- // CheckBox question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
+ // CheckBox question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
//
if (VarStoreData.VarStoreId == 0) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -1726,9 +1726,9 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( //
// Skip the "=".
- //
+ //
StringPtr += 1;
-
+
//
// Check current string length is less than maxsize
// e.g Config String: "0041004200430044", Unicode String: "ABCD". Unicode String length = Config String length / 4.
@@ -1755,11 +1755,11 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( break;
}
//
- // Check this var question is in the var storage
+ // Check this var question is in the var storage
//
if ((Offset + Width) > VarStoreData.Size) {
//
- // This question exceeds the var store size.
+ // This question exceeds the var store size.
//
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
}
@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( break;
case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:
//
- // Opcode Scope is zero. This one of option is not to be checked.
+ // Opcode Scope is zero. This one of option is not to be checked.
//
if (VarBlockData.Scope == 0) {
break;
@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( }
//
- // OneOf value doesn't belong to one of option value.
+ // OneOf value doesn't belong to one of option value.
//
if ((VarBlockData.Scope == 0) && (VarBlockData.OpCode == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)) {
return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ ValidateQuestionFromVfr ( @param ConfigElement ConfigResp element string contains the current setting.
@param CurrentBlockArray Current block array.
@param VarBuffer Data buffer for this varstore.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The current setting is valid.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory is not enough.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The config string or the Hii package is invalid.
@@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ GetBlockDataInfo ( EFI_STATUS Status;
IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockArray;
UINT8 *DataBuffer;
-
+
//
// Initialize the local variables.
//
@@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ GetBlockDataInfo ( while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) == 0) {
//
// Skip the &OFFSET= string
- //
+ //
StringPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET=");
//
@@ -2046,13 +2046,13 @@ GetBlockDataInfo ( }
//
- // If '\0', parsing is finished.
+ // If '\0', parsing is finished.
//
if (*StringPtr == 0) {
break;
}
//
- // Go to next ConfigBlock
+ // Go to next ConfigBlock
//
}
@@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ Done: if (DataBuffer != NULL) {
FreePool (DataBuffer);
}
-
+
if (BlockArray != NULL) {
//
// Free Link Array CurrentBlockArray
@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ Done: @param VarGuid Guid of the buffer storage.
@param VarName Name of the buffer storage.
@param HiiHandle The HiiHandle for this package.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The current setting is valid.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory is not enough.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The config string or the Hii package is invalid.
@@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ InternalHiiValidateCurrentSetting ( if (VarBuffer != NULL) {
FreePool (VarBuffer);
}
-
+
if (CurrentBlockArray != NULL) {
//
// Free Link Array CurrentBlockArray
@@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ InternalHiiValidateCurrentSetting ( @retval TRUE The input include config request elements.
@retval FALSE The input string not includes.
-
+
**/
BOOLEAN
GetElementsFromRequest (
@@ -2224,15 +2224,15 @@ GetElementsFromRequest ( This function parses the input ConfigRequest string and its matched IFR code
string for setting default value and validating current setting.
- 1. For setting default action, Reset the default value specified by DefaultId
+ 1. For setting default action, Reset the default value specified by DefaultId
to the driver configuration got by Request string.
- 2. For validating current setting, Validate the current configuration
+ 2. For validating current setting, Validate the current configuration
by parsing HII form IFR opcode.
NULL request string support depends on the ExportConfig interface of
HiiConfigRouting protocol in UEFI specification.
-
- @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in
+
+ @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in
<MultiConfigRequest> format. It can be NULL.
If it is NULL, all current configuration for the
entirety of the current HII database will be validated.
@@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@ GetElementsFromRequest ( entirety of the current HII database will be reset.
@param DefaultId Specifies the type of defaults to retrieve only for setting default action.
@param ActionType Action supports setting defaults and validate current setting.
-
+
@retval TRUE Action runs successfully.
@retval FALSE Action is not valid or Action can't be executed successfully..
**/
@@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( TempDriverHandle = NULL;
HiiHandle = NULL;
HiiPackageList = NULL;
-
+
//
// Only support set default and validate setting action.
//
@@ -2308,11 +2308,11 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( &ConfigAltResp
);
}
-
+
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return FALSE;
}
-
+
StringPtr = ConfigAltResp;
ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
goto Done;
}
-
+
//
// Get Path value DevicePath
//
@@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
goto Done;
}
-
+
//
// Find the matched Hii Handle for the found Driver handle
//
@@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( //
// This request string has no its Hii package.
// Its default value and validating can't execute by parsing IFR data.
- // Directly jump into the next ConfigAltResp string for another pair Guid, Name, and Path.
+ // Directly jump into the next ConfigAltResp string for another pair Guid, Name, and Path.
//
Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
goto NextConfigAltResp;
@@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( PackageListLength = 0;
HiiPackageList = NULL;
Status = gHiiDatabase->ExportPackageLists (gHiiDatabase, HiiHandle, &PackageListLength, HiiPackageList);
-
+
//
// The return status should always be EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL as input buffer's size is 0.
//
@@ -2419,13 +2419,13 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
goto Done;
}
-
+
HiiPackageList = AllocatePool (PackageListLength);
if (HiiPackageList == NULL) {
Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
goto Done;
}
-
+
//
// Get PackageList on HiiHandle
//
@@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
goto Done;
}
-
+
//
// 3. Call ConfigRouting GetAltCfg(ConfigRoute, <ConfigResponse>, Guid, Name, DevicePath, AltCfgId, AltCfgResp)
// Get the default configuration string according to the default ID.
@@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( (ActionType == ACTION_SET_DEFAUTL_VALUE) ? &DefaultId:NULL, // it can be NULL to get the current setting.
&ConfigResp
);
-
+
//
// The required setting can't be found. So, it is not required to be validated and set.
//
@@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ InternalHiiIfrValueAction ( if (!GetElementsFromRequest (ConfigResp)) {
goto NextConfigAltResp;
}
-
+
//
// 4. Set the default configuration information or Validate current setting by parse IFR code.
// Current Setting is in ConfigResp, will be set into buffer, then check it again.
@@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ NextConfigAltResp: FreePool (HiiPackageList);
HiiPackageList = NULL;
}
-
+
if (ConfigResp != NULL) {
FreePool (ConfigResp);
ConfigResp = NULL;
@@ -2501,10 +2501,10 @@ NextConfigAltResp: //
FreePool (VarGuid);
VarGuid = NULL;
-
+
FreePool (VarName);
VarName = NULL;
-
+
FreePool (DevicePath);
DevicePath = NULL;
@@ -2521,9 +2521,9 @@ NextConfigAltResp: if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
break;
}
-
+
//
- // Construct ConfigAltHdr string "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=\0"
+ // Construct ConfigAltHdr string "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=\0"
// | 1 | StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 1 |
//
MaxLen = 1 + StringPtr - StringHdr + 8 + 1;
@@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ NextConfigAltResp: StrCpyS (ConfigAltHdr, MaxLen, L"&");
StrnCatS (ConfigAltHdr, MaxLen, StringHdr, StringPtr - StringHdr);
StrCatS (ConfigAltHdr, MaxLen, L"&ALTCFG=");
-
+
//
// Skip all AltResp (AltConfigHdr ConfigBody) for the same ConfigHdr
//
@@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ NextConfigAltResp: break;
}
}
-
+
//
// Free the allocated ConfigAltHdr string
//
@@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ NextConfigAltResp: if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
break;
}
-
+
//
// Find &GUID as the next ConfigHdr
//
@@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@ NextConfigAltResp: //
StringPtr ++;
}
-
+
Done:
if (VarGuid != NULL) {
FreePool (VarGuid);
@@ -2588,11 +2588,11 @@ Done: if (ConfigAltResp != NULL) {
FreePool (ConfigAltResp);
}
-
+
if (HiiPackageList != NULL) {
FreePool (HiiPackageList);
}
-
+
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return FALSE;
}
@@ -2605,17 +2605,17 @@ Done: NULL request string support depends on the ExportConfig interface of
HiiConfigRouting protocol in UEFI specification.
-
- @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in
+
+ @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in
<MultiConfigRequest> format. It can be NULL.
If it is NULL, all current configuration for the
entirety of the current HII database will be validated.
-
+
@retval TRUE Current configuration is valid.
@retval FALSE Current configuration is invalid.
**/
BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
HiiValidateSettings (
IN CONST EFI_STRING Request OPTIONAL
)
@@ -2625,17 +2625,17 @@ HiiValidateSettings ( /**
Reset the default value specified by DefaultId to the driver
- configuration got by Request string.
+ configuration got by Request string.
NULL request string support depends on the ExportConfig interface of
HiiConfigRouting protocol in UEFI specification.
-
- @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in
+
+ @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in
<MultiConfigRequest> format. It can be NULL.
If it is NULL, all configuration for the
entirety of the current HII database will be reset.
@param DefaultId Specifies the type of defaults to retrieve.
-
+
@retval TRUE The default value is set successfully.
@retval FALSE The default value can't be found and set.
**/
@@ -2652,8 +2652,8 @@ HiiSetToDefaults ( /**
Determines if two values in config strings match.
- Compares the substring between StartSearchString and StopSearchString in
- FirstString to the substring between StartSearchString and StopSearchString
+ Compares the substring between StartSearchString and StopSearchString in
+ FirstString to the substring between StartSearchString and StopSearchString
in SecondString. If the two substrings match, then TRUE is returned. If the
two substrings do not match, then FALSE is returned.
@@ -2664,20 +2664,20 @@ HiiSetToDefaults ( @param FirstString Pointer to the first Null-terminated Unicode string.
@param SecondString Pointer to the second Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param StartSearchString Pointer to the Null-terminated Unicode string that
+ @param StartSearchString Pointer to the Null-terminated Unicode string that
marks the start of the value string to compare.
- @param StopSearchString Pointer to the Null-terminated Unicode string that
+ @param StopSearchString Pointer to the Null-terminated Unicode string that
marks the end of the value string to compare.
- @retval FALSE StartSearchString is not present in FirstString.
+ @retval FALSE StartSearchString is not present in FirstString.
@retval FALSE StartSearchString is not present in SecondString.
- @retval FALSE StopSearchString is not present in FirstString.
+ @retval FALSE StopSearchString is not present in FirstString.
@retval FALSE StopSearchString is not present in SecondString.
- @retval FALSE The length of the substring in FirstString is not the
+ @retval FALSE The length of the substring in FirstString is not the
same length as the substring in SecondString.
- @retval FALSE The value string in FirstString does not matche the
+ @retval FALSE The value string in FirstString does not matche the
value string in SecondString.
- @retval TRUE The value string in FirstString matches the value
+ @retval TRUE The value string in FirstString matches the value
string in SecondString.
**/
@@ -2786,11 +2786,11 @@ HiiIsConfigHdrMatch ( Retrieves uncommitted data from the Form Browser and converts it to a binary
buffer.
- @param[in] VariableGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID structure. This is an optional
+ @param[in] VariableGuid Pointer to an EFI_GUID structure. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
- @param[in] VariableName Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string. This
+ @param[in] VariableName Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string. This
is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
- @param[in] BufferSize Length in bytes of buffer to hold retrieved data.
+ @param[in] BufferSize Length in bytes of buffer to hold retrieved data.
@param[out] Buffer Buffer of data to be updated.
@retval FALSE The uncommitted data could not be retrieved.
@@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ HiiGetBrowserData ( Size = Size + (StrLen (ResultsData) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16);
ConfigResp = AllocateZeroPool (Size);
UnicodeSPrint (ConfigResp, Size, L"%s&%s", mConfigHdrTemplate, ResultsData);
-
+
//
// Free the allocated buffer
//
@@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ HiiGetBrowserData ( @param[in] RequestElement An optional field to specify which part of the
buffer data will be send back to Browser. If NULL,
the whole buffer of data will be committed to
- Browser.
+ Browser.
<RequestElement> ::= &OFFSET=<Number>&WIDTH=<Number>*
@retval FALSE The uncommitted data could not be updated.
@@ -2901,7 +2901,7 @@ HiiSetBrowserData ( //
if (RequestElement == NULL) {
//
- // Allocate and fill a buffer large enough to hold the <ConfigHdr> template
+ // Allocate and fill a buffer large enough to hold the <ConfigHdr> template
// followed by "&OFFSET=0&WIDTH=WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW" followed by a Null-terminator
//
Size = (StrLen (mConfigHdrTemplate) + 32 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16);
@@ -2909,7 +2909,7 @@ HiiSetBrowserData ( UnicodeSPrint (ConfigRequest, Size, L"%s&OFFSET=0&WIDTH=%016LX", mConfigHdrTemplate, (UINT64)BufferSize);
} else {
//
- // Allocate and fill a buffer large enough to hold the <ConfigHdr> template
+ // Allocate and fill a buffer large enough to hold the <ConfigHdr> template
// followed by <RequestElement> followed by a Null-terminator
//
Size = StrLen (mConfigHdrTemplate) * sizeof (CHAR16);
@@ -2968,7 +2968,7 @@ GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST UINT8 mHiiDefaultTypeToWidth[] = { };
/**
- Allocates and returns a new OpCode Handle. OpCode Handles must be freed with
+ Allocates and returns a new OpCode Handle. OpCode Handles must be freed with
HiiFreeOpCodeHandle().
@retval NULL There are not enough resources to allocate a new OpCode Handle.
@@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ HiiFreeOpCodeHandle ( /**
Internal function gets the current position of opcode buffer.
-
+
@param[in] OpCodeHandle Handle to the buffer of opcodes.
@return Current position of opcode buffer.
@@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@ InternalHiiOpCodeHandlePosition ( /**
Internal function gets the start pointer of opcode buffer.
-
+
@param[in] OpCodeHandle Handle to the buffer of opcodes.
@return Pointer to the opcode buffer base.
@@ -3059,7 +3059,7 @@ InternalHiiOpCodeHandleBuffer ( /**
Internal function reserves the enough buffer for current opcode.
When the buffer is not enough, Opcode buffer will be extended.
-
+
@param[in] OpCodeHandle Handle to the buffer of opcodes.
@param[in] Size Size of current opcode.
@@ -3080,7 +3080,7 @@ InternalHiiGrowOpCodeHandle ( OpCodeBuffer = (HII_LIB_OPCODE_BUFFER *)OpCodeHandle;
if (OpCodeBuffer->Position + Size > OpCodeBuffer->BufferSize) {
Buffer = ReallocatePool (
- OpCodeBuffer->BufferSize,
+ OpCodeBuffer->BufferSize,
OpCodeBuffer->BufferSize + (Size + HII_LIB_OPCODE_ALLOCATION_SIZE),
OpCodeBuffer->Buffer
);
@@ -3095,7 +3095,7 @@ InternalHiiGrowOpCodeHandle ( /**
Internal function creates opcode based on the template opcode.
-
+
@param[in] OpCodeHandle Handle to the buffer of opcodes.
@param[in] OpCodeTemplate Pointer to the template buffer of opcode.
@param[in] OpCode OpCode IFR value.
@@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ InternalHiiCreateOpCodeExtended ( /**
Internal function creates opcode based on the template opcode for the normal opcode.
-
+
@param[in] OpCodeHandle Handle to the buffer of opcodes.
@param[in] OpCodeTemplate Pointer to the template buffer of opcode.
@param[in] OpCode OpCode IFR value.
@@ -3317,14 +3317,14 @@ HiiCreateDefaultOpCode ( @param[in] OpCodeHandle Handle to the buffer of opcodes.
@param[in] Guid Pointer to EFI_GUID of this guided opcode.
- @param[in] GuidOpCode Pointer to an EFI_IFR_GUID opcode. This is an
+ @param[in] GuidOpCode Pointer to an EFI_IFR_GUID opcode. This is an
optional parameter that may be NULL. If this
- parameter is NULL, then the GUID extension
+ parameter is NULL, then the GUID extension
region of the created opcode is filled with zeros.
- If this parameter is not NULL, then the GUID
- extension region of GuidData will be copied to
+ If this parameter is not NULL, then the GUID
+ extension region of GuidData will be copied to
the GUID extension region of the created opcode.
- @param[in] OpCodeSize The size, in bytes, of created opcode. This value
+ @param[in] OpCodeSize The size, in bytes, of created opcode. This value
must be >= sizeof(EFI_IFR_GUID).
@retval NULL There is not enough space left in Buffer to add the opcode.
@@ -3350,7 +3350,7 @@ HiiCreateGuidOpCode ( CopyGuid ((EFI_GUID *)(VOID *)&OpCode.Guid, Guid);
OpCodePointer = (EFI_IFR_GUID *)InternalHiiCreateOpCodeExtended (
- OpCodeHandle,
+ OpCodeHandle,
&OpCode,
EFI_IFR_GUID_OP,
sizeof (OpCode),
@@ -3444,11 +3444,11 @@ HiiCreateSubTitleOpCode ( OpCode.Flags = Flags;
return InternalHiiCreateOpCodeExtended (
- OpCodeHandle,
+ OpCodeHandle,
&OpCode,
- EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP,
- sizeof (OpCode),
- 0,
+ EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP,
+ sizeof (OpCode),
+ 0,
Scope
);
}
@@ -3498,7 +3498,7 @@ HiiCreateGotoOpCode ( /**
Create EFI_IFR_REF_OP, EFI_IFR_REF2_OP, EFI_IFR_REF3_OP and EFI_IFR_REF4_OP opcode.
- When RefDevicePath is not zero, EFI_IFR_REF4 opcode will be created.
+ When RefDevicePath is not zero, EFI_IFR_REF4 opcode will be created.
When RefDevicePath is zero and RefFormSetId is not NULL, EFI_IFR_REF3 opcode will be created.
When RefDevicePath is zero, RefFormSetId is NULL and RefQuestionId is not zero, EFI_IFR_REF2 opcode will be created.
When RefDevicePath is zero, RefFormSetId is NULL and RefQuestionId is zero, EFI_IFR_REF opcode will be created.
@@ -3512,11 +3512,11 @@ HiiCreateGotoOpCode ( @param[in] Help The string ID for Help.
@param[in] QuestionFlags The flags in Question Header
@param[in] QuestionId Question ID.
- @param[in] RefQuestionId The question on the form to which this link is referring.
+ @param[in] RefQuestionId The question on the form to which this link is referring.
If its value is zero, then the link refers to the top of the form.
- @param[in] RefFormSetId The form set to which this link is referring. If its value is NULL, and RefDevicePath is
+ @param[in] RefFormSetId The form set to which this link is referring. If its value is NULL, and RefDevicePath is
zero, then the link is to the current form set.
- @param[in] RefDevicePath The string identifier that specifies the string containing the text representation of
+ @param[in] RefDevicePath The string identifier that specifies the string containing the text representation of
the device path to which the form set containing the form specified by FormId.
If its value is zero, then the link refers to the current page.
@@ -4110,7 +4110,7 @@ HiiCreateTimeOpCode ( @param[in] FormSetGuid The optional Formset GUID.
@param[in] FormId The Form ID.
@param[in] Package The package header.
- @param[in] OpCodeBufferStart An OpCode buffer that contains the set of IFR
+ @param[in] OpCodeBufferStart An OpCode buffer that contains the set of IFR
opcodes to be inserted or replaced in the form.
@param[in] OpCodeBufferEnd An OpCcode buffer that contains the IFR opcode
that marks the end of a replace operation in the form.
@@ -4157,7 +4157,7 @@ InternalHiiUpdateFormPackageData ( CopyMem (BufferPos, IfrOpHdr, IfrOpHdr->Length);
BufferPos += IfrOpHdr->Length;
UpdatePackageLength += IfrOpHdr->Length;
-
+
//
// Find the matched FormSet and Form
//
@@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@ InternalHiiUpdateFormPackageData ( GetForm = FALSE;
}
}
-
+
//
// The matched Form is found, and Update data in this form
//
@@ -4203,7 +4203,7 @@ InternalHiiUpdateFormPackageData ( Offset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) ((UINT8 *) (IfrOpHdr) + IfrOpHdr->Length);
}
-
+
if (Offset >= PackageHeader.Length) {
//
// The end opcode is not found.
@@ -4250,7 +4250,7 @@ InternalHiiUpdateFormPackageData ( Offset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) ((CHAR8 *) (IfrOpHdr) + IfrOpHdr->Length);
}
-
+
if (!Updated) {
//
// The updated opcode buffer is not found.
@@ -4267,26 +4267,26 @@ InternalHiiUpdateFormPackageData ( }
/**
- This function updates a form that has previously been registered with the HII
+ This function updates a form that has previously been registered with the HII
Database. This function will perform at most one update operation.
-
- The form to update is specified by Handle, FormSetGuid, and FormId. Binary
- comparisons of IFR opcodes are performed from the beginning of the form being
- updated until an IFR opcode is found that exactly matches the first IFR opcode
+
+ The form to update is specified by Handle, FormSetGuid, and FormId. Binary
+ comparisons of IFR opcodes are performed from the beginning of the form being
+ updated until an IFR opcode is found that exactly matches the first IFR opcode
specified by StartOpCodeHandle. The following rules are used to determine if
an insert, replace, or delete operation is performed.
-
- 1) If no matches are found, then NULL is returned.
+
+ 1) If no matches are found, then NULL is returned.
2) If a match is found, and EndOpCodeHandle is NULL, then all of the IFR opcodes
- from StartOpCodeHandle except the first opcode are inserted immediately after
+ from StartOpCodeHandle except the first opcode are inserted immediately after
the matching IFR opcode in the form to be updated.
- 3) If a match is found, and EndOpCodeHandle is not NULL, then a search is made
- from the matching IFR opcode until an IFR opcode exactly matches the first
+ 3) If a match is found, and EndOpCodeHandle is not NULL, then a search is made
+ from the matching IFR opcode until an IFR opcode exactly matches the first
IFR opcode specified by EndOpCodeHandle. If no match is found for the first
IFR opcode specified by EndOpCodeHandle, then NULL is returned. If a match
- is found, then all of the IFR opcodes between the start match and the end
+ is found, then all of the IFR opcodes between the start match and the end
match are deleted from the form being updated and all of the IFR opcodes
- from StartOpCodeHandle except the first opcode are inserted immediately after
+ from StartOpCodeHandle except the first opcode are inserted immediately after
the matching start IFR opcode. If StartOpCcodeHandle only contains one
IFR instruction, then the result of this operation will delete all of the IFR
opcodes between the start end matches.
@@ -4299,26 +4299,26 @@ InternalHiiUpdateFormPackageData ( is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
If it is NULL, all FormSet will be updated.
@param[in] FormId The ID of the form to update.
- @param[in] StartOpCodeHandle An OpCode Handle that contains the set of IFR
+ @param[in] StartOpCodeHandle An OpCode Handle that contains the set of IFR
opcodes to be inserted or replaced in the form.
- The first IFR instruction in StartOpCodeHandle
- is used to find matching IFR opcode in the
- form.
+ The first IFR instruction in StartOpCodeHandle
+ is used to find matching IFR opcode in the
+ form.
@param[in] EndOpCodeHandle An OpCcode Handle that contains the IFR opcode
that marks the end of a replace operation in
the form. This is an optional parameter that
may be NULL. If it is NULL, then an the IFR
- opcodes specified by StartOpCodeHandle are
+ opcodes specified by StartOpCodeHandle are
inserted into the form.
-
+
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory resource is allocated.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The following cases will return EFI_NOT_FOUND.
- 1) The form specified by HiiHandle, FormSetGuid,
+ 1) The form specified by HiiHandle, FormSetGuid,
and FormId could not be found in the HII Database.
2) No IFR opcodes in the target form match the first
IFR opcode in StartOpCodeHandle.
- 3) EndOpCOde is not NULL, and no IFR opcodes in the
- target form following a matching start opcode match
+ 3) EndOpCOde is not NULL, and no IFR opcodes in the
+ target form following a matching start opcode match
the first IFR opcode in EndOpCodeHandle.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The matched form is updated by StartOpcode.
@@ -4326,7 +4326,7 @@ InternalHiiUpdateFormPackageData ( EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
HiiUpdateForm (
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
+ IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
IN EFI_GUID *FormSetGuid, OPTIONAL
IN EFI_FORM_ID FormId,
IN VOID *StartOpCodeHandle,
@@ -4335,7 +4335,7 @@ HiiUpdateForm ( {
EFI_STATUS Status;
EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER *HiiPackageList;
- UINT32 PackageListLength;
+ UINT32 PackageListLength;
UINT32 Offset;
EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER *UpdatePackageList;
UINTN BufferSize;
@@ -4346,7 +4346,7 @@ HiiUpdateForm ( BOOLEAN Updated;
HII_LIB_OPCODE_BUFFER *OpCodeBufferStart;
HII_LIB_OPCODE_BUFFER *OpCodeBufferEnd;
-
+
//
// Input update data can't be NULL.
//
@@ -4355,13 +4355,13 @@ HiiUpdateForm ( UpdatePackageList = NULL;
TempPackage = NULL;
HiiPackageList = NULL;
-
+
//
// Retrieve buffer data from Opcode Handle
//
OpCodeBufferStart = (HII_LIB_OPCODE_BUFFER *) StartOpCodeHandle;
OpCodeBufferEnd = (HII_LIB_OPCODE_BUFFER *) EndOpCodeHandle;
-
+
//
// Get the original package list
//
@@ -4395,7 +4395,7 @@ HiiUpdateForm ( Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
goto Finish;
}
-
+
//
// Allocate temp buffer to store the temp updated package buffer
//
@@ -4412,7 +4412,7 @@ HiiUpdateForm ( //
CopyMem (UpdateBufferPos, HiiPackageList, sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER));
UpdateBufferPos += sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_LIST_HEADER);
-
+
//
// Go through each package to find the matched package and update one by one
//
@@ -4435,7 +4435,7 @@ HiiUpdateForm ( if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
//
// Set Update Flag
- //
+ //
Updated = TRUE;
//
// Add updated package buffer
@@ -4451,14 +4451,14 @@ HiiUpdateForm ( CopyMem (UpdateBufferPos, Package, PackageHeader.Length);
UpdateBufferPos += PackageHeader.Length;
}
-
+
if (Updated) {
//
// Update package list length
//
BufferSize = UpdateBufferPos - (UINT8 *) UpdatePackageList;
WriteUnaligned32 (&UpdatePackageList->PackageLength, (UINT32) BufferSize);
-
+
//
// Update Package to show form
//
@@ -4474,14 +4474,14 @@ Finish: if (HiiPackageList != NULL) {
FreePool (HiiPackageList);
}
-
+
if (UpdatePackageList != NULL) {
FreePool (UpdatePackageList);
}
-
+
if (TempPackage != NULL) {
FreePool (TempPackage);
}
- return Status;
+ return Status;
}
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiString.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiString.c index c6a241e657..ae787fec59 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiString.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/HiiString.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
HII Library implementation that uses DXE protocols and services.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,37 +16,37 @@ #include "InternalHiiLib.h"
/**
- This function create a new string in String Package or updates an existing
+ This function create a new string in String Package or updates an existing
string in a String Package. If StringId is 0, then a new string is added to
a String Package. If StringId is not zero, then a string in String Package is
updated. If SupportedLanguages is NULL, then the string is added or updated
for all the languages that the String Package supports. If SupportedLanguages
- is not NULL, then the string is added or updated for the set of languages
+ is not NULL, then the string is added or updated for the set of languages
specified by SupportedLanguages.
-
+
If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the
+ @param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the
HII Database.
- @param[in] StringId If zero, then a new string is created in the
- String Package associated with HiiHandle. If
- non-zero, then the string specified by StringId
- is updated in the String Package associated
- with HiiHandle.
- @param[in] String A pointer to the Null-terminated Unicode string
- to add or update in the String Package associated
+ @param[in] StringId If zero, then a new string is created in the
+ String Package associated with HiiHandle. If
+ non-zero, then the string specified by StringId
+ is updated in the String Package associated
+ with HiiHandle.
+ @param[in] String A pointer to the Null-terminated Unicode string
+ to add or update in the String Package associated
with HiiHandle.
- @param[in] SupportedLanguages A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string of
- language codes. If this parameter is NULL, then
- String is added or updated in the String Package
- associated with HiiHandle for all the languages
- that the String Package supports. If this
- parameter is not NULL, then then String is added
- or updated in the String Package associated with
- HiiHandle for the set oflanguages specified by
- SupportedLanguages. The format of
- SupportedLanguages must follow the language
+ @param[in] SupportedLanguages A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string of
+ language codes. If this parameter is NULL, then
+ String is added or updated in the String Package
+ associated with HiiHandle for all the languages
+ that the String Package supports. If this
+ parameter is not NULL, then then String is added
+ or updated in the String Package associated with
+ HiiHandle for the set oflanguages specified by
+ SupportedLanguages. The format of
+ SupportedLanguages must follow the language
format assumed the HII Database.
@retval 0 The string could not be added or updated in the String Package.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ HiiSetString ( if (*Supported != 0) {
*(Supported++) = '\0';
}
-
+
if ((SupportedLanguages == NULL) && AsciiStrnCmp (Language, UEFI_CONFIG_LANG, AsciiStrLen (UEFI_CONFIG_LANG)) == 0) {
//
// Skip string package used for keyword protocol.
@@ -145,24 +145,24 @@ HiiSetString ( /**
- Retrieves a string from a string package names by GUID in a specific language.
- If the language is not specified, then a string from a string package in the
- current platform language is retrieved. If the string can not be retrieved
- using the specified language or the current platform language, then the string
- is retrieved from the string package in the first language the string package
- supports. The returned string is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller
+ Retrieves a string from a string package names by GUID in a specific language.
+ If the language is not specified, then a string from a string package in the
+ current platform language is retrieved. If the string can not be retrieved
+ using the specified language or the current platform language, then the string
+ is retrieved from the string package in the first language the string package
+ supports. The returned string is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller
is responsible for freeing the allocated buffer using FreePool().
-
+
If PackageListGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If StringId is 0, then ASSERT.
- @param[in] PackageListGuid The GUID of a package list that was previously
+ @param[in] PackageListGuid The GUID of a package list that was previously
registered in the HII Database.
- @param[in] StringId The identifier of the string to retrieved from the
+ @param[in] StringId The identifier of the string to retrieved from the
string package associated with PackageListGuid.
- @param[in] Language The language of the string to retrieve. If this
- parameter is NULL, then the current platform
- language is used. The format of Language must
+ @param[in] Language The language of the string to retrieve. If this
+ parameter is NULL, then the current platform
+ language is used. The format of Language must
follow the language format assumed the HII Database.
@retval NULL The package list specified by PackageListGuid is not present in the
@@ -197,22 +197,22 @@ HiiGetPackageString ( /**
Retrieves a string from a string package in a specific language. If the language
- is not specified, then a string from a string package in the current platform
- language is retrieved. If the string can not be retrieved using the specified
- language or the current platform language, then the string is retrieved from
- the string package in the first language the string package supports. The
- returned string is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible
+ is not specified, then a string from a string package in the current platform
+ language is retrieved. If the string can not be retrieved using the specified
+ language or the current platform language, then the string is retrieved from
+ the string package in the first language the string package supports. The
+ returned string is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible
for freeing the allocated buffer using FreePool().
-
+
If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
If StringId is 0, then ASSET.
@param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the HII Database.
- @param[in] StringId The identifier of the string to retrieved from the string
+ @param[in] StringId The identifier of the string to retrieved from the string
package associated with HiiHandle.
- @param[in] Language The language of the string to retrieve. If this parameter
- is NULL, then the current platform language is used. The
- format of Language must follow the language format assumed
+ @param[in] Language The language of the string to retrieve. If this parameter
+ is NULL, then the current platform language is used. The
+ format of Language must follow the language format assumed
the HII Database.
@retval NULL The string specified by StringId is not present in the string package.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ HiiGetString ( //
// Initialize all allocated buffers to NULL
- //
+ //
SupportedLanguages = NULL;
PlatformLanguage = NULL;
BestLanguage = NULL;
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ HiiGetString ( GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"PlatformLang", (VOID**)&PlatformLanguage, NULL);
//
- // If Languag is NULL, then set it to an empty string, so it will be
+ // If Languag is NULL, then set it to an empty string, so it will be
// skipped by GetBestLanguage()
//
if (Language == NULL) {
@@ -271,11 +271,11 @@ HiiGetString ( // Get the best matching language from SupportedLanguages
//
BestLanguage = GetBestLanguage (
- SupportedLanguages,
+ SupportedLanguages,
FALSE, // RFC 4646 mode
- Language, // Highest priority
+ Language, // Highest priority
PlatformLanguage != NULL ? PlatformLanguage : "", // Next highest priority
- SupportedLanguages, // Lowest priority
+ SupportedLanguages, // Lowest priority
NULL
);
if (BestLanguage == NULL) {
@@ -296,8 +296,8 @@ HiiGetString ( NULL
);
//
- // If GetString() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
- // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetString()
+ // If GetString() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
+ // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetString()
// returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then HiiHandle is not present
// in the HII Database
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/InternalHiiLib.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/InternalHiiLib.h index 293c22666d..04fe909a33 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/InternalHiiLib.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/InternalHiiLib.h @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
Internal include file for the HII Library instance.
- Copyright (c) 2007 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/UefiHiiLib.uni b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/UefiHiiLib.uni index 760617f705..1bf2a7ee53 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/UefiHiiLib.uni +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiLib/UefiHiiLib.uni @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ //
// HII Library implementation using UEFI HII protocols and services.
//
-// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+// Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
//
// This program and the accompanying materials
// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
+//
// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.c index bd3a125603..20f92af054 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.c @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /** @file
- This library retrieves pointers to the UEFI HII Protocol instances in the
- library's constructor. All of the UEFI HII related protocols are optional,
- so the consumers of this library class must verify that the global variable
- pointers are not NULL before use.
+ This library retrieves pointers to the UEFI HII Protocol instances in the
+ library's constructor. All of the UEFI HII related protocols are optional,
+ so the consumers of this library class must verify that the global variable
+ pointers are not NULL before use.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *gHiiConfigRouting = NULL; /**
The constructor function retrieves pointers to the UEFI HII protocol instances
-
- The constructor function retrieves pointers to the four UEFI HII protocols from the
- handle database. These include the UEFI HII Font Protocol, the UEFI HII String
- Protocol, the UEFI HII Image Protocol, the UEFI HII Database Protocol, and the
+
+ The constructor function retrieves pointers to the four UEFI HII protocols from the
+ handle database. These include the UEFI HII Font Protocol, the UEFI HII String
+ Protocol, the UEFI HII Image Protocol, the UEFI HII Database Protocol, and the
UEFI HII Config Routing Protocol. This function always return EFI_SUCCESS.
All of these protocols are optional if the platform does not support configuration
- and the UEFI HII Image Protocol and the UEFI HII Font Protocol are optional if
+ and the UEFI HII Image Protocol and the UEFI HII Font Protocol are optional if
the platform does not support a graphical console. As a result, the consumers
of this library much check the protocol pointers againt NULL before using them,
or use dependency expressions to guarantee that some of them are present before
@@ -82,30 +82,30 @@ UefiHiiServicesLibConstructor ( EFI_STATUS Status;
//
- // Retrieve the pointer to the UEFI HII String Protocol
+ // Retrieve the pointer to the UEFI HII String Protocol
//
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiHiiStringProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &gHiiString);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
//
- // Retrieve the pointer to the UEFI HII Database Protocol
+ // Retrieve the pointer to the UEFI HII Database Protocol
//
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiHiiDatabaseProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &gHiiDatabase);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
//
- // Retrieve the pointer to the UEFI HII Config Routing Protocol
+ // Retrieve the pointer to the UEFI HII Config Routing Protocol
//
Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiHiiConfigRoutingProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &gHiiConfigRouting);
ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
//
- // Retrieve the pointer to the optional UEFI HII Font Protocol
+ // Retrieve the pointer to the optional UEFI HII Font Protocol
//
gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiHiiFontProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &gHiiFont);
//
- // Retrieve the pointer to the optional UEFI HII Image Protocol
+ // Retrieve the pointer to the optional UEFI HII Image Protocol
//
gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiHiiImageProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &gHiiImage);
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.inf index a009e9a715..fba1d6620e 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiHiiServicesLib/UefiHiiServicesLib.inf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ ## @file
# UEFI HII Services Library implementation.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ FILE_GUID = 894DC1B6-07A3-4a9d-8CDD-333580B3D4B1
MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = UefiHiiServicesLib|DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SAL_DRIVER DXE_SMM_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
+ LIBRARY_CLASS = UefiHiiServicesLib|DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER DXE_SAL_DRIVER DXE_SMM_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
CONSTRUCTOR = UefiHiiServicesLibConstructor
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ [LibraryClasses]
UefiBootServicesTableLib
DebugLib
-
+
[Protocols]
- gEfiHiiFontProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
+ gEfiHiiFontProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
gEfiHiiStringProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
gEfiHiiImageProtocolGuid ## SOMETIMES_CONSUMES
gEfiHiiDatabaseProtocolGuid ## CONSUMES
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/DxeMemoryProfileLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/DxeMemoryProfileLib.c index 78c75fbc73..d4eb0a0e76 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/DxeMemoryProfileLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/DxeMemoryProfileLib.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
Support routines for memory profile for Dxe phase drivers.
- Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c index cef7fc0c05..c04b59291d 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ /** @file
- Support routines for memory allocation routines based
+ Support routines for memory allocation routines based
on boot services for Dxe phase drivers, with memory profile support.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ **/
VOID *
InternalAllocatePages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN Pages
)
{
EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
+ EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Memory;
if (Pages == 0) {
return NULL;
@@ -170,11 +170,11 @@ AllocateReservedPages ( must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services of the Memory
Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer The pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ FreePages ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateAlignedPages (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN Pages,
IN UINTN Alignment
)
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( // Alignment must be a power of two or zero.
//
ASSERT ((Alignment & (Alignment - 1)) == 0);
-
+
if (Pages == 0) {
return NULL;
}
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( // Make sure that Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) does not overflow.
//
ASSERT (RealPages > Pages);
-
+
Status = gBS->AllocatePages (AllocateAnyPages, MemoryType, RealPages, &Memory);
if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
return NULL;
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ InternalAllocateAlignedPages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ AllocateAlignedPages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ AllocateAlignedRuntimePages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -408,13 +408,13 @@ AllocateAlignedReservedPages ( Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer
must have been allocated on a previous call to the aligned page allocation services of the Memory
- Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
+ Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with an aligned page allocation function in the Memory Allocation
Library, then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer The pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ FreeAlignedPages ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize
)
{
@@ -580,9 +580,9 @@ AllocateReservedPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateZeroPool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize
- )
+ )
{
VOID *Memory;
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param PoolType The type of pool to allocate.
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@@ -717,10 +717,10 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalAllocateCopyPool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN AllocationSize,
IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- )
+ )
{
VOID *Memory;
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ InternalAllocateCopyPool ( Memory = CopyMem (Memory, Buffer, AllocationSize);
}
return Memory;
-}
+}
/**
Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
@@ -741,9 +741,9 @@ InternalAllocateCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -781,9 +781,9 @@ AllocateCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -821,9 +821,9 @@ AllocateRuntimeCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -858,19 +858,19 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( Reallocates a buffer of a specified memory type.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of the type
- specified by PoolType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ specified by PoolType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param PoolType The type of pool to allocate.
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( **/
VOID *
InternalReallocatePool (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
+ IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE PoolType,
IN UINTN OldSize,
IN UINTN NewSize,
IN VOID *OldBuffer OPTIONAL
@@ -898,18 +898,18 @@ InternalReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiBootServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiBootServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -943,10 +943,10 @@ ReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ ReallocatePool ( @param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -988,10 +988,10 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( @param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ ReallocateReservedPool ( Frees the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the
pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free pool
resources, then this function will perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib.inf b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib.inf index 21b544cc10..c4954efb04 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib.inf +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib/UefiMemoryAllocationProfileLib.inf @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ ## @file
-# Instance of Memory Allocation Library using EFI Boot Services,
+# Instance of Memory Allocation Library using EFI Boot Services,
# with memory profile support.
#
# Memory Allocation Library that uses EFI Boot Services to allocate
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ # The implementation of this instance is copied from UefiMemoryAllocationLib
# in MdePkg and updated to support both MemoryAllocationLib and MemoryProfileLib.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# This program and the accompanying materials
# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Library/VarCheckPcdLib/VarCheckPcdStructure.h b/MdeModulePkg/Library/VarCheckPcdLib/VarCheckPcdStructure.h index 8180bc5cfd..190ab720b3 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Library/VarCheckPcdLib/VarCheckPcdStructure.h +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Library/VarCheckPcdLib/VarCheckPcdStructure.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Internal structure for Var Check Pcd.
-Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ typedef struct { #pragma pack ()
-#endif
\ No newline at end of file +#endif
|